Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (2,005)
  • München UB  (25)
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (1,960)
  • Fischer, Hans
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Author, Corporation
Publisher
Keywords
Subjects(RVK)
  • 101
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    How business organizes collectively : an inquiry on trade associations and other meta-organizations (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839106682
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in organization studies series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Industries Social aspects ; Business enterprises Political aspects ; Business enterprises Political activity ; Social responsibility of business ; Trade associations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1 -- Firms collective action: A synoptic view -- 1. The emergence and evolution of business meta-organizations -- 2. On political and economic problems raised by business meta-organizations -- Part 2 -- Within trade associations and other meta-organizations -- 3. Fcads as a mix of heterarchy and hierarchy -- 4. Dynamic analysis of a business meta-organization -- 5. The ways of acting of business meta-organizations -- 6. Other types FCADs -- Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Collective action by firms is a central phenomenon in society, seen for example in standards setting, multi-stakeholder initiatives, and in relation to climate change, environmental and human rights issues. This incisive book reveals how firms set up specific devices, referred to by the authors as FCADs (Firms' Collective Action Devices), of which trade associations and chambers of commerce are the traditional forms, and investigates how firms organize themselves collectively, and their impact on the economy and democracy. Delving deeply into previously under-explored aspects of collective actions by firms, using the concepts of meta-organization and heterarchy, the book combines and expands on insights from history, political science, economics, sociology, management and organization theory. It demonstrates empirically how FCADs function on the basis of compromise and consensus, and analyzes their forms of action, their organizational dynamics and their recent evolution. This rigorous and pluridisciplinary evaluation of how businesses organize collectively will appeal to researchers and PhD students in organization studies and business management, as well as those in other disciplines who are interested in firms' collective action. It will also be a useful resource for business practitioners, public servants and politicians in contact with firms' collective action, and NGO members"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839106682
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 102
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The future of creative work : creativity and digital disruption (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839101106
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Digitalisierung ; Disruptive Innovation ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Cultural industries ; Technological innovations Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 the future of creative work: Creativity and digital disruption / Greg Hearn -- Part I: The evolution of creative work -- 2 the creative economy: The rise and risks of intangible capital and the future of creative work / Greg Hearn and Marion McCutcheon -- 3 the relationship between creative employment and local economies outside capital cities / Greg Hearn, Stuart Cunningham, Marion McCutcheon and Mark David Ryan -- 4 a taxonomic structural change perspective on the economic impact of robots and artificial intelligence on creative work / Ben Vermeulen, Andreas Pyka and Pier Paolo Saviotti -- Part II: Digital disruption and creative work -- 5 new economic infrastructures for creative work / Ellie Rennie and Jason Potts -- 6 automated journalism: Expendable or supplementary for the future of journalistic work? / Aljosha Karim Schapals -- 7 robotics and artificial intelligence in architecture: What skills will architects need in 2050? / Cori Stewart, Glenda Amayo Caldwell, Müge Belek Fialho Teixeira and Jonathan Roberts -- 8 museum curation in the digital age / Rui Oliveira Lopes -- Part III: Changing contexts of creative work - 9 the role of casual creative environments for creative work in cities: Implications for the future creative city / Ana Bilandzic, Onur Mengi and Greg Hearn -- 10 digital nomadism: Mobility, millennials and the future of work in the online gig economy / Beverly Yuen Thompson -- 11 playing with tiktok: Algorithmic culture and the future of creative work / Natalie Collie and Caroline Wilson-Barnao -- 12 managing embedded creative work: The challenge of causal ambiguity / Cliff Bowman and Juani Swart -- Part IV: Educating for the future of creative work -- 13 creativity 2.0: New approaches to creative economy work and education in the creative industries / Chris Bilton -- 14 when dancers learn to teach dance: How creatives acquire expertise in multiple domains to improve employability / Jose Hilario Pereira Rodrigues -- 15 do creative skills future-proof your job? Creativity and the future of work in an age of exponential technological advancement / Ruth Bridgstock, Russell Tytler and Peta White -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Future of Creative Work provides a unique overview of the changing nature of creative work, examining how digital developments and the rise of intangible capital are causing an upheaval in the social institutions of work. It offers a profound insight into how this technological and social evolution will affect creative professions. Expert international contributors explore how robotics, artificial intelligence, blockchain, global digital platforms and autonomous systems will shape the design, production and consumption of culture. Taking a multidisciplinary approach incorporating creative industries studies, business, education and economics, the book analyses the technological drivers of disruption in the world of creative work. Chapters reveal how these changes will create new axes of power and inequality in the global sphere of creative work, predicting that conventional creative professions will be challenged and different species of creative work will evolve as a result. By charting the impact of digital and technological developments, The Future of Creative Work challenges traditional views of creative work, careers and education. This book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers undertaking creative industries studies. Its discussion of the application of creative careers across the economy will also be beneficial for scholars and practitioners interested in business, economics, and advertising and marketing studies"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839101106
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 103
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The magic of organization (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839106736
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The magic of organization
    RVK:
    QP 340
    Keywords: Creative ability in business ; Technological innovations ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: List of contributors -- 1 Introduction / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau -- Part I: Magic and imagination -- 2 introductory Chapter to Part I: - magic and imagination: Taking strategy into the unknown / Per Olof Berg -- 3 the return of the magi: Image magic and the institutionalisation of kitsch therapeutic fantasy / James Fairhead -- 4 the persistence of magic: Management and the new alchemy / Iain Munro -- 5 the intra-act of accounting / Ivo De Loo, Alan Lowe and Philip Smith -- 6 risk management and the magical arts: Rituals of risk calculation in the banking industry / Peter Case and Peter Pelzer -- 7 markets and machines: The magic of predicting, obscuring and securing value / Geoff Lightfoot and Simon Lilley -- Part II: Magic and its transgressions -- 8 introductory Chapter to Part II: - magic being re-understood / Hugo Letiche -- 9 grammarye, grammatization, grammatology: Interviewing technique as a magic trick / Jean-Luc Moriceau -- 10 artaud's dissolute magic: Some thoughts on ambivalent desires 207 heather höpfl -- 11 magification as bunny(-fication) 224 hugo letiche -- 12 magic or the presence of absence 239 michael lazarin -- 13 schwung magic: Aesthetic subversion of organization in the philosophy of deleuze and guattari 263 pierre guillet de monthoux -- Afterword / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau.
    Abstract: "Exploring magic as a creative necessity in contemporary business, this book clarifies the differences between magic as an organizational resource and magic as fakery, pretence and manipulation. Using this lens, it highlights insights into the relationship between anthropology and business, and organizational studies. The Magic of Organization looks at our economy and its dependence on magic, as success depends on innovation and creativity to produce the unexpected and amazing; but perhaps also the bogus and deceitful. Exposing the unpredictability of magic, the book reveals clear links between magic and uncontrollable and non-linear ways of organizing. Chapters discuss the double-edged sword of magic: while organizations, economies and finance depend on magical thought and actions for inspiration and surprise, they also fear them; what if the magic is real? With its clarity on how the turn-to-ontology in anthropology is significant for organizational studies, this book will be an illuminating read for students of creativity and innovation"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839106736
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 104
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Case studies of executive deviance : a theory of business convenience (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781800371705
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Case studies of executive deviance
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Executives Psychology ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Korruption ; Risikoverhalten ; Risikomanagement
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience case of navy commander -- 2. Convenience case of chief executive officer -- 3. Convenience case of corruption blame -- 4. Convenience case of investment fraud -- 5. Rich and mighty on the shoreline -- 6. Corruption among friends -- 7. Germany: Thomas middelhoff -- 8. United States: Bernard kerik -- 9. United States: Jordan belfort -- 10. Japan: Tsuyoshi kikukawa -- 11. Environmental crime convenience -- 12. Game over for executives -- 13. Corruption in China trade -- 14. Seriousness of executive deviance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book illustrates thirteen case studies demonstrating the convenience theory of white-collar crime. Offering an integrated deductive perspective through a convenience lens, Petter Gottschalk provides crucial insights into the motives, opportunities and behaviors behind executive deviance. Featuring a unique examination of era-defining cases of white-collar crime, from the Deepwater Horizon oil spill to the Olympus scandal, Gottschalk closely follows legal accounts to paint an international picture of executive deviance. This book scrutinizes public opinion of deviant behavior and how public sentiment towards white-collar crime has changed over time. Offering an innovative view of executive deviance, Gottschalk concludes by testing the integrated theory of convenience through empirical surveys of white-collar offenders. Audacious and illuminating, this book is crucial reading for researchers and students of business, criminal law and criminology, sharing a unique angle on the world of executive deviance through empirical research. Its real-world observations will also be crucial to policymakers and legal practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781800371705
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 105
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Post-Keynesian monetary theory : selected essays (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839100093
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Postkeynesianismus ; Theorie ; Keynesian economics ; Money ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Introduction / Marc Lavoie -- Part I: Earlier and easier writings -- 1 'the endogenous flow of credit and the post keynesian theory of money', journal of economic issues, 18 -- (3), september 1984, 771-97 2 2 'the post keynesian theory of endogenous money: A reply', journal of economic issues , 19 -- (3), september 1985, 843-8 29 3 'credit and money: The dynamic circuit, overdraft economics, and post- keynesian economics', in m. Jarsulic (ed.), money and macro policy , kluwer- nijhoff, boston, 1985, 63-84 35 4 'a primer on endogenous credit-money', in l.-p. Rochon and s. rossi (eds), modern theories of money: the nature and role of money in capitalist economies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2003, 506-43 57 -- Part II: Inspiring authors -- 5 'change, continuity, and originality in kaldor's monetary theory', in e.j. Nell and w. Semmler (eds), nicholas kaldor and mainstream economics: Confrontation or convergence? , macmillan, London, 1991, 259-78 96 6 'jacques le bourva's theory of endogenous credit-money', review of political economy , 4 -- (4), 1992, 436-46 116 7 'eichner's monetary economics: Ahead of its time', in m. Lavoie, l.-p. Rochon and m. Seccareccia (eds), money and macrodynamics: alfred eichner and post- keynesian economics , m.e. sharpe, armonk (nj), 2010, 155-71 127 -- Part III: In defense of horizontalism -- 8 'monetary policy in an economy with endogenous credit money', in g. Deleplace and e.j. Nell (eds), money in motion: The circulation and post- keynesian approaches , macmillan, London, 1996, 532-45 145 9 'horizontalism, structuralism, liquidity preference and the principle of increasing risk', Scottish journal of political economy , 43 -- (3), august, 1996, 275-300 159 10 'the credit-led supply of deposits and the demand for money: Kaldor's reflux mechanism as previously endorsed by joan robinson', cambridge journal of economics , 23 -- (1), january 1999, 103-13 185 11 'endogenous money: Accommodationist', in p. Arestis and m. Sawyer (eds), handbook on alternative monetary economics , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2006, 17-34 196 -- Part IV: Three innovating articles -- 12 'monetary base endogeneity and the new procedures of the asset-based canadian and American monetary systems', journal of post keynesian economics , summer 2005, 27 -- (4), 689-709 215 13 'towards a post-keynesian consensus in macroeconomics: Reconciling the cambridge and wall street views', in e. Hein, t. Niechoj and e. Stockhammer (eds), macroeconomic policies on shaky foundations - whither mainstream economics? , metropolis-verlag, marburg, 2009, 75-99 236 14 'fair rates of interest in post-keynesian political economy', in j. Teixeira (ed.), issues in modern political economy , university of brasilia press, brasilia, 1997, 123-37 261 -- Part V: After the global financial crisis -- 15 'changes in central bank procedures during the subprime crisis and their repercussions on monetary theory', international journal of political economy , 39 -- (3), fall 2010, 3-23 277 16 'the monetary and fiscal nexus of neo-chartalism: A friendly critique', journal of economic issues , 47 -- (1), march 2013, 1-31 298 17 'the eurozone: Similarities to and differences from keynes's plan', international journal of political economy , 44 -- (1), spring 2015, 3-17 329 18 'rethinking monetary theory in light of keynes and the crisis', brazilian keynesian review , 2 -- (2), 2016, 174-88 344 19 'unconventional monetary policies, with a focus on quantitative easing', European journal of economics and economic policies: Intervention , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 15 -- (2), 2018, 139-46 (with brett fiebiger) 359 -- Part VI: A final overview -- 20 'money, credit and central banks in post-keynesian economics', in e. Hein and e. Stockhammer (eds), a modern guide to keynesian macroeconomics and economic policies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2011, 34-60 368 -- Index.
    Abstract: "Post-Keynesian Monetary Theory recaps Marc Lavoie's views on monetary theory over a 35-year period, seen from a post-Keynesian perspective. The book contains a collection of twenty previously published papers, as well as an introduction which explains how these papers came about and how they were received. All of the selected articles avoid mathematical formalism. Readers will find analyses of the earlier advocates of endogenous money such as Nicholas Kaldor and Jacques Le Bourva. They will discover how the arguments in support of the post-Keynesian theory of endogenous money and the credit view of banking have evolved through this 35-year period, and how they have been related to the new procedures pursued by central banks. All these essays show the relevance of the realistic post-Keynesian monetary theory in understanding the subprime and euro crises, quantitative easing and the distributional role of interest rates. Within these pages Marc Lavoie provides an overview of what has happened in post-Keynesian monetary economics over the last three and a half decades for students and scholars with interest in monetary economics, the horizontalist-structuralist debates and the recent history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839100093
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 106
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Managing the cooperative enterprise : the rise of worker-controlled firms (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781800372016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Genossenschaftsmanagement ; Genossenschaft ; Kapitalismus ; Sozialismus ; Management Employee participation ; Democracy ; Socialism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface Introduction: The cooperative firm as an alternative to the capital-owned business enterprise -- 1. Democratic firms and socialism -- 2. An up-to-date model of marxism: A socialist system without any communist colouring -- 3. The revolutionary impetus of marxism versus liberalism -- 4. Do trade unions champion worker interests? -- 5. In what direction goes history? -- 6. The evolution of socialism: From utopia to scientific producer of cooperative economics -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book revolves around the idea that capitalism is not a democratic system and that a system of producer cooperatives, or democratically managed enterprises, gives rise to a new mode of production which is authentically socialist in essence and fully consistent with the ultimate rationale underlying Marx's theoretical approach. The author argues that the cooperative firm system outlined in this book offers a rich array of non-economic benefits that justify its classification as a 'genuinely socialist' entity, with real potential for achieving true economic democracy. This book will be required reading for all economists who are not content with the current capitalist economic system, and yet will still provide intriguing and thought-provoking insights for those who are"--
    Note: Includes index , Includes bibliographical references
    DOI: 10.4337/9781800372016
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 107
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New directions in the economics of higher education (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788970655
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,968 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als New directions in the economics of higher education
    DDC: 338.43378
    Keywords: Bildungsökonomik ; Studium ; Education, Higher Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2008), 'The Race between Education and Technology', in The Race between Education and Technology, Chapter 8, Appendix D.1, [notes and references], London, UK and Massachusetts, USA: Harvard University Press, 287-323 -- 2. David H. Autor, Frank Levy and Richard J. Murnane (2003), 'The Skill Content of Recent Technological Change: An Empirical Exploration', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1279-333 [55] -- 3. David Card (2001), 'Estimating the Return to Schooling: Progress on Some Persistent Econometric Problems', Econometrica, 69 (5), September, 1127-60 [34] -- 4. Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 [28] -- 5. Philip Oreopoulos and Uros Petronijevic (2013), 'Making College Worth It: A Review of the Returns to Higher Education', The Future of Children, 23 (1), Spring, 41-65 [25] -- 6. Janet Currie and Enrico Moretti (2003), 'Mother's Education and the Intergenerational Transmission of Human Capital: Evidence from College Openings', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1495-532 [38] -- 7. Carolina Arteaga (2018), 'The Effect of Human Capital on Earnings: Evidence from a Reform at Colombia's Top University', Journal of Public Economics, 157, 212-25 [14] -- 8. Brian Jacob, Brian McCall and Kevin Stange (2018), 'College as Country Club: Do Colleges Cater to Students' Preferences for Consumption?', Journal of Labor Economics, 36 (2), December, 309-48 [40] -- 9. Thomas J. Kane and Cecelia Elena Rouse (1995), 'Labor-Market Returns to Two and Four Year College', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 600-14 [15] -- 10. Mark Hoekstra (2009), 'The Effect of Attending the Flagship State University on Earnings: A Discontinuity-Based Approach', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), 717-24 [8] -- 11. Seth D. Zimmerman (2014), 'The Returns to College Admission for Academically Marginal Students', Journal of Labor Economics, 32 (4), 711-54 [44] -- 12. David J. Deming, Noam Yuchtman, Amira Abulafi, Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2016), 'The Value of Postsecondary Credentials in the Labor Market: An Experimental Study', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 778-806 [29] -- 13. Joseph G. Altonji, Erica Blom and Costas Meghir (2012), 'Heterogeneity in Human Capital Investments: High School Curriculum, College Major, and Careers', Annual Review of Economics, 4, 185-223 [39] -- 14. Lars J. Kirkeboen, Edwin Leuven and Magne Mogstad (2016), 'Field of Study, Earnings, and Self-selection', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 131 (3), 1057-112 [56] -- 15. Matthew Wiswall and Basit Zafar (2015), 'Determinants of College Major Choice: Identification using an Information Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 82 (2), April, 791-824 [34] -- 16. Enrico Moretti (2004), 'Workers' Education, Spillovers, and Productivity: Evidence from Plant-Level Production Functions', American Economic Review, 94 (3), June, 656-90 [35] -- 17. Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 [14] -- 18. Otto Toivanen and Lotta Väänänen (2016), 'Education and Invention', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (2), 382-96 [15] -- 19. John Bound, Michael F. Lovenheim and Sarah Turner (2010), 'Why Have College Completion Rates Declined? An Analysis of Changing Student Preparation and Collegiate Resources', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 2 (3), July, 129-57 [29]
    Abstract: 20. Kevin M. Stange (2012), 'An Empirical Investigation of the Option Value of College Enrollment', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 4 (1), January, 49-84 [36] -- 21. Paco Martorell and Isaac McFarlin Jr. (2011), 'Help or Hindrance? The Effects of College Remediation on Academic and Labor Market Outcomes', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (2), May, 436-54 [19] -- 22. Peter Arcidiacono (2005), 'Affirmative Action in Higher Education: How Do Admission and Financial Aid Rules Affect Future Earnings?', Econometrica, 73 (5), September, 1477-524 [48] -- 23. Peter Arcidiacono, Esteban M. Aucejo and V. Joseph Hotz (2016), 'University Differences in the Graduation of Minorities in STEM Fields: Evidence from California', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 525-62 [38] -- 24. Surendrakumar Bagde, Dennis Epple and Lowell Taylor (2016), 'Does Affirmative Action Work? Caste, Gender, College Quality, and Academic Success in India', American Economic Review, 106 (6), June, 1495-521 [27] -- 25. Susan M. Dynarski and Judith E. Scott-Clayton (2006), 'The Cost of Complexity in Federal Student Aid: Lessons from Optimal Tax Theory and Behavioral Economics', National Tax Journal, 59 (2), June, 319-56 [38] -- 26. Eric P. Bettinger, Bridget Terry Long, Philip Oreopoulos and Lisa Sanbonmatsu (2012), 'The Role of Application Assistance and Information in College Decisions: Results from the H&R Block Fafsa Experiment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1205-242 [38] -- 27. Caroline M. Hoxby and Sarah Turner (2015), 'What High-Achieving Low-Income Students Know About College', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 514-17 [4] -- 28. Benjamin L. Castleman and Lindsay C. Page (2016), 'Freshman Year Financial Aid Nudges: An Experiment to Increase FAFSA Renewal and College Persistence', Journal of Human Resources, 51 (2), Spring, 389-415 [27] -- 29. Sarena Goodman (2016), 'Learning from the Test: Raising Selective College Enrollment by Providing Information', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (4), October, 671-84 [14] -- 30. Joshua D. Angrist, Daniel Lang and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Incentives and Services for College Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Trial', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 1 (1), January, 136-63 [28] -- 31. Judith Scott-Clayton (2011), 'On Money and Motivation: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Financial Incentives for College Achievement', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (3), 614-46 [33] -- 32. Edwin Leuven, Hessel Oosterbeek and Bas van der Klaauw (2010), 'The Effect of Financial Rewards on Students' Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Journal of the European Economic Association, 8 (6), 1243-65 [23] -- 1. Thomas J. Kane, Peter R. Orszag, Emil Apostolov and Robert P. Inman (2005), 'Higher Education Appropriations and Public Universities: Role of Medicaid and the Business Cycle', Brookings-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 99-146 [48] -- 2. Stephanie Riegg Cellini and Claudio Goldin (2014), 'Does Federal Student Aid Raise Tuition? New Evidence on For-Profit Colleges', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 6 (4), November, 174-206 [33] -- 3. Pietro Garibaldi, Francesco Giavazzi, Andrea Ichino and Enrico Rettore (2012), 'College Cost and Time to Complete a Degree: Evidence from Tuition Discontinuities', Review of Economics and Statistics, 94 (3), August, 699-711 [13] -- 4. Jeffrey T. Denning (2017), 'College on the Cheap: Consequences of Community College Tuition Reductions', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 9 (2), May, 155-88 [34] -- 5. Susan M. Dynarski (2003), 'Does Aid Matter? Measuring the Effect of Student Aid on College Attendance and Completion', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 279-88 [10] -- 6. Wilbert Van Der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 [39]
    Abstract: 7. Sarah R. Cohodes and Joshua S. Goodman (2014), 'Merit Aid, College Quality, and College Completion: Massachusetts' Adams Scholarship as an In-Kind Subsidy', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 6 (4), October, 251-85 [35] -- 8. Gabrielle Fack and Julien Grenet (2015), 'Improving College Access and Success for Low-Income Students: Evidence from a Large Need-Based Grant Program', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 7 (2), April, 1-34 [34] -- 9. Benjamin M. Marx and Lesley J. Turner (2018), 'Borrowing Trouble? Human Capital Investment with Opt-in Costs and Implications for the Effectiveness of Grant Aid', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 10 (2), April, 163-201 [39] -- 10. Pedro Carneiro and James Heckman (2002), 'The Evidence on Credit Constraints in Post-Secondary Schooling', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 705-34 [30] -- 11. Lance J. Lochner and Alexander Monge-Naranjo (2011), 'The Nature of Credit Constraints and Human Capital', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2487-529 [43] -- 12. Ralph Stinebrickner and Todd Stinebrickner (2008), 'The Effect of Credit Constraints on the College Drop-out Decision: A Direct Approach Using a New Panel Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 2163-84 [22] -- 13. Harald Beyer, Justine Hastings, Christopher Neilson and Seth Zimmerman (2015), 'Connecting Student Loans to Labor Market Outcomes: Policy Lessons from Chile', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 508-13 [6] -- 14. Alex Solis (2017), 'Credit Access and College Enrollment', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (2), April, 562-622 [61] -- 15. Michael F. Lovenheim and C. Lockwood Reynolds (2013), 'The Effect of Housing Wealth on College Choice: Evidence from the Housing Boom', Journal of Human Resources, 48 (1), 1-35 [35] -- 16. Scott E. Carrell and James E. West (2010), 'Does Professor Quality Matter? Evidence from Random Assignment of Students to Professors', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 409-32 [24] -- 17. Robert W. Fairlie, Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2014), 'A Community College Instructor like Me: Race and Ethnicity Interactions in the Classroom', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2567-91 [25] -- 18. David N. Figlio, Morton O. Schapiro and Kevin B. Soter (2015), 'Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 97 (4), October, 715-24 [10] -- 19. Eric P. Bettinger, Lindsay Fox, Susanna Loeb and Eric S. Taylor (2017), 'Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success', American Economic Review, 107 (9), September, 2855-75 [21] -- 20. Robert W. Fairlie and Rebecca A. London (2012), 'The Effects of Home Computers on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from a Field Experiment with Community College Students', Economic Journal, 122 (561), June, 727-53 [27] -- 21. Bruce Sacerdote (2001), 'Peer Effects with Random Assignment: Results for Dartmouth Roommates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 681-704 [24] -- 22. Scott E. Carell, Bruce I. Sacerdote and James E. West (2013), 'From Natural Variation to Optimal Policy? The Importance of Endogenous Peer Group Formation', Econometrica, 81 (3), May, 855-82 [28] -- 23. Adam S. Booij, Edwin Leuven and Hessel Oosterbeek (2017), 'Ability Peer Effects in University: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 84 (2), 547-78 [32] -- 24. Fabian Waldinger (2016), 'Bombs, Brains, and Science: The Role of Human and Physical Capital for the Creation of Scientific Knowledge', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (5), December, 811-31 [21] -- 25. Pierre Azoulay, Joshua S. Graff Zivin and Jialan Wang (2010), 'Superstar Extinction', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (2), May, 549-89 [41] -- 26. George J. Borjas and Kirk B. Doran (2012), 'The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Productivity of American Mathematicians', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1143-203 [61] -- 27. Gordon C. Winston (1999), 'Subsidies, Hierarchy and Peers: The Awkward Economics of Higher Education', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 13 (1), Winter, 13-36 [24] -- 28. Ronald G. Ehrenberg (2012), 'American Higher Education in Transition', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (1), Winter, 193-216 [24] -- 29. Caroline M. Hoxby (2015), 'Endowment Management Based on a Positive Model of the University' in Jeffrey R. Brown, Caroline M. Hoxby (eds), How the Financial Crisis and Great Recession Affected Higher Education, Chapter 1, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 15-41 [27] -- 30. Dennis Epple, Richard Romano and Holger Sieg (2006), 'Admission, Tuition, and Financial Aid Policies in the Market for Higher Education', Econometrica, 74 (4), 885-928 [44] -- 31. Chistopher N. Avery, Mark E. Glickman, Caroline M. Hoxby and Andrew Metrick (2013), 'A Revealed Preference Ranking of U.S. Colleges and Universities', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 128 (1), 425-67 [43]
    Abstract: "The 63 seminal papers presented in this two-volume collection provide an overview of the vibrant and growing field of the economics of higher education. Covering the full breadth of the topic, the sections of the collection cover the returns to higher education, college attendance and completion, higher education financing, educational production, and the market for higher education. An original introductory chapter by the editors puts the collected papers into the perspective of developments in the wider literature on the economics of higher education over the past decade"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788970655
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 108
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Can heterodox economics make a difference? : conversations with key thinkers (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781800370890
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (528 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Interview
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword I: Professor Geoffrey Harcourt -- Foreword II: Professor Sheila Dow -- Introduction The Biographies of the Interviewees -- Part 1: Round one (R1) interviews (2018) i. Professor Victoria Chick ii. Professor Tim Congdon CBE iii Professor Paul Davidson iv. Professor Kevin Dowd v. Professor Roger Farmer vi. Professor Charles Goodhart FBA vii. Professor Geoffrey Harcourt viii. Dr. James Juniper ix. Professor Andrew Kliman x. Professor Marc Lavoie xi. Professor William (Bill) Mitchell xii. Warren Mosler xiii. Dr. Thomas Palley xiv. Professor Ricardo Reis xv. Professor Malcolm Sawyer xvi. Professor Willi Semmler xvii. Professor Anwar Shaikh xviii. Professor Englebert Stockhammer xix. Professor Martin Watts xx. Professor L. Randall Wray Part 2: Round Two (R2) 2019 i. Professor David Colander ii. Professor Sheila Dow iii. Professor Scott Ferguson iv. Professor Geoff Hodgson v. Professor Jonathan Joseph vi. Professor Steve Keen vii. Professor Tony Lawson viii. Professor Jamie Morgan ix. Dr. Ioana Negru x. Professor Nick Potts xi. Professor John Smithin Conclusion Bibliography Appendix 1: R1 and R2 questions Appendix 2: MMT White Paper by Warren Mosler Index.
    Abstract: "In a series of in-depth interviews with leading economists and policymakers from different schools including Austrian, Monetarist, New-Keynesian, Post-Keynesian, Modern Monetary Theory, Marxist, Sraffian and Institutionalist, this intriguing book sheds light upon the behaviour of economists and the sociology of the economics profession by enabling economists to express their views on a wide range of issues. Exploring why the aftermath of the 2008 global financial crisis did not pave the way for an uptake in heterodox economic approaches, these key thinkers consider why mainstream economics still reigns supreme and explore whether an alternative approach can be developed to rival it. The most important issues facing the discipline are addressed, and the book offers a particular focus upon the extent to which radical economists can work together to provide a genuine alternative to orthodoxy. The analytical responses to important questions posed to each interviewee make this a critical read for practising economists both inside and outside of academia. It will also be a thought-provoking book for economics students focusing both on orthodox and heterodox viewpoints, as it offers important insights to the nuances between a vast range of different schools of thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781800370890
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 109
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Philosophies of organizational change : perspectives, models and theories for managing change (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839105098
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Organisatorischer Wandel ; Organisationstheorie ; Philosophie ; Organizational change Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction - 'changing philosophies' -- 2. The theory philosophy: 'changing theories' -- 3. The rational philosophy: 'changing plans' -- 4. The biological philosophy: 'changing organisms' -- 5. The models philosophy: 'changing consultants' -- 6. The institutional philosophy: 'changing conformity' -- 7. The resource philosophy: 'changing opportunities' -- 8. The psychological philosophy: 'changing minds' -- 9. The systems philosophy: 'changing everything' -- 10. The cultural philosophy: 'changing values' -- 11. The critical philosophy: 'changing realities' -- 12. The innovation philosophy: 'changing ideas' -- 13. The dualities philosophy: 'changing tensions' -- 14. Conclusion: 'changing futures' -- Index.
    Abstract: "This revised and extended second edition evaluates the diverse approaches to organizational change that have defined the field. Explaining the assumptions and implications that accompany these diverse philosophies, this book demystifies the complexities of conflicting perspectives and delivers valuable insights into the research and practice of organizational change. Philosophies of Organizational Change employs a critical analysis of scholarly writings that have shaped the evolution of alternative perspectives on change. It examines twelve unique approaches to change, charting the territory from philosophy and theory to practice and implications. By uncovering the deep assumptions associated with organizational change, the book supplies readers with a comprehensive analytical toolkit with which to pursue change in an unprecedented era of organizational disruption. Offering a guide through contradictory approaches to implementing change, this book will appeal to scholars and researchers in organization theory. It will also be valuable for MBA and DBA students, as well as undergraduate business students engaging with critical debates on theories and tools for introducing change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839105098
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 110
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook of responsible management (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788971966
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (800 pages)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of responsible management
    DDC: 174.4
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Unternehmensethik ; Business ethics ; Business ethics ; Unternehmensethik ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. Mapping the emerging field of responsible management: domains, spheres, themes, and future research / Oliver Laasch, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Dima Jamali -- 2. Can management ever be responsible? Alternative organizing and the three irresponsibilities of management / Kiri Langmead, Chris Land and Daniel King -- 3. What 'are' responsible management? A conceptual potluck / Archie B. Carroll, Nancy J. Adler, Henry Mintzberg, François Cooren, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part II: Iconic views -- 4. Mintzberg on (ir)responsible management / Henry Mintzberg and Oliver Laasch -- 5 from managerial responsibility to csr and back to responsible management / Archie B. Carroll and Oliver Laasch -- 6. Responsible management as re-enchantment and retrovation / Roy Suddaby and Oliver Laasch -- 7. Responsible leadership and management: key distinctions and shared concerns / Nancy J. Adler and Oliver Laasch -- 8. From 'management sucks' to 'responsible management rocks!' / R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part III: Management frameworks -- 9. Sustainability management from a responsible management perspective / Markus Beckmann, Stefan Schaltegger and Nancy E. Landrum -- 10. Responsible leadership and/versus responsible management / Tânia M. G. Marques and Jorge F. S. Gomes -- 11. Ethics management and ethical management: mapping criteria and interventions to support responsible management practice / Mihaela Constantinescu and Muel Kaptein -- 12. Responsible governance: broadening the corporate governance discourse to include positive duties and collective action / Rob van Tulder and Eveline van Mil -- 13. Humanistic management as integrally responsible management? / Michael Pirson -- 14. Bioinspiration as a guide for responsible management / Taryn L. Mead and Nancy E. Landrum -- Part IV: Glocal and spiritual perspectives -- 15. The United Nations global compact and the sustainable development goals / Andreas Rasche -- 16. the multinational perspective on responsible management: managing risk-responsibility trade-offs across borders / Rob van Tulder -- 17. Responsible management: an indigenous perspective / Jason Paul Mika, Rick Colbourne and Shamika Almeida -- 18. Islamic perspective of responsible management / Yusuf Sidani -- 19. Catholic social teaching and responsible management / Domènec Melé -- 20. Responsible management with Chinese characteristics / Pingping Fu, Qing Qu, Bo Yang and Huihua Jiang -- 21. The Japanese perspective on responsible management / Naoki Kuriyama -- 22. Responsible managers for the common good: African (Igbo and Yoruba) perspectives on responsible management / Kemi Ogunyemi and Ogechi Obiorah -- 23. "Honorable merchant" and "handshake quality": interpretations of individually responsible leadership / Stéphanie Looser and Joachim Schwalbach -- 24. American pragmatism and responsible management: the role of John Dewey / Svetlana N. Dmitrieva, R. Edward Freeman and Sergiy D. Dmytriyev -- Part V: Conceptualizing process and practices -- 25. Corporate social responsibility at the individual level of analysis: research findings that inform responsible management "in the wild" / Chelsea R. Willness, David A. Jones, Nicole Strah and Deborah E. Rupp -- 26. Enacting responsible management: a practice-based perspective / Oriana Milani Price, Silvia Gherardi and Marie Manidis -- 27. Beauty of responsible management: the lens and methodology of organizational aesthetics / Antonio Strati -- 28. The emerging logic of responsible management: institutional pluralism, leadership, and strategizing / Nevena Radoynovska, William Ocasio and Oliver Laasch -- 29. Responsible management of sustainability tensions: a paradoxical approach to grand challenges / Connie Van der Byl, Natalie Slawinski and Tobias Hahn -- 30. Consensus vs. dissensus: the communicative constitution of responsible management / Dennis Schoeneborn, Hannah Trittin-Ulbrich and François Cooren -- 31. Managing the past responsibly: a collective memory perspective on responsibility, sustainability and ethics / Sébastien Mena and Jukka Rintamäki -- Part VI: Learning and development -- 32. Responsible managers' workplace learning / Olga Andrianova and Elena Antonacopoulou -- 33. Responsible management unlearning / Tali Padan and Nhien Nguyen -- 34. Differentiating csr managers' roles and competencies: taking conflicts as a starting point / Renate Wesselink and Eghe R. Osagie -- 35. Giving voice to values: responsible management as facilitation of ethical voice / Carsten Tams and Mary C. Gentile -- 36. A strength-based approach to responsible management: professional moral courage and moral competency / Leslie E. Sekerka -- 37. The dynamics of responsible careers and their impact on societal issues: a conceptual framework / Svenja Tams -- Part VII: Innovation and change -- 38. Responsible job crafting / Lorenzo Bizzi -- 39. Whistleblowing as a crucial practice for responsible management / Luca Carollo, Simone Pulcher and Marco Guerci -- 40. Responsible management of innovation in business / Thomas B. Long, Edurne Iñigo and Vincent Blok -- 41. Social innovation: specifying pathways for impact / Christian Seelos and Johanna Mair -- 42. Innovating business models for sustainability: an essential practice for responsible managers / Steve Kennedy and Nancy Bocken -- 43. Institutional work and (ir)responsible management / Lauren McCarthy and Sébastien Mena -- 44. Memes, transformational change, and responsible leadership / Sandra Waddock -- Part VIIi engaged research -- 45. Critically responsible management: agonistic answers to antagonistic questions 686 marton racz and simon parker -- 46. Realizing the critical performative potential of responsible organizational research through participant action research / Kiri Langmead and Daniel King -- 47. Inquiring into change and innovation for greater responsibility through an appreciative inquiry lens / 'Alim J. Beveridge, Lindsey Godwin and Ignacio Pavez -- 48. Creating standards for responsible translation of management research for practitioners / Isabelle Yi Ren and Jean M. Bartunek -- 49. Using the past responsibly: what responsible managers and management academics can learn from historians' professional ethics / Christian Stutz and Judith Schrempf-Stirling -- Index.
    Abstract: "Outlining both historical foundations and the latest research trends, this Research Handbook offers a unique and cutting-edge overview of the numerous avenues to responsible management. Opening with a conceptual mapping of the field, thought leaders such as Henry Mintzberg and Archie Carroll present foundational and controversial views. Frameworks such as sustainability management, responsible leadership, humanistic and biomimetic management are introduced. Glocal approaches include responsible management with Chinese characteristics, West African Yoruba, and American Pragmatism. Exploring frameworks for the responsible management process, such as theories of practice, and for responsible management learning and innovation, readers are introduced to key methods responsible management research, such as participatory action research. Groundbreaking in scope and depth, this Handbook caters to the responsible management research community, particularly to the Academy of Management and to United Nations PRME signatory business schools. Policymakers and practitioners will benefit from its insight into the latest advances in responsible management research"--
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788971966
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 111
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The imagined organization : spaces, dreams and places (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781789909876
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Industrial organization ; Industrial management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction in search of a third lens -- 1. Why organize? -- 2. Space, our friend -- 3. Imagination -- 4. The meeting of two organizational worlds -- 5. Reverse journey -- 6. And then there was silence -- 7. In search of freedom in the corporation -- 8. In transition -- Coda: being there -- Appendix: a note on narrative collage for ethnographers -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Organising is made possible by sense-making. This book represents a narrative quest for a symbolic grounding to help leaders in times when stable social structures and institutions dissolve and disappear. Monika Kostera approaches this sense-making process through innovative and exciting research methods, collecting stories from participants and exploring plots and outcomes of an imagined meeting between two symbolic worlds: one of the internal and imaginative and the other of the external and corporate. Investigating the spatiality and temporality of these stories, the author offers critical implications for educational practice, arguing that teachers should engage and develop students' imagination and creativity to question the hidden rules of social settings and interactions in organisational and business situations. Innovative and visionary in scope, this book will be critical for researchers of organisation theory at all levels, particularly those looking for new research methods and applications. Students of business and organisational studies will also benefit from its unique insights into business-related settings, as well as leaders and practitioners searching for innovative directions in business environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781789909876
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 112
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Innovation, ethics and our common futures : a collaborative philosophy (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781789904543
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ziegler, Rafael, 1977 - Innovation, ethics and our common futures
    Keywords: Social change ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Innovation ; Wandel ; Fortschritt ; Ethik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to innovation and ethics - a collaborative philosophy -- 2. Varieties of innovation - business, grassroots and democratic -- 3. Fair enough? - justice and innovation from a liberal-egalitarian perspective -- 4. Collaborative pluralism - community and capability -- 5. Innovation, domination and emancipation -- 6. Enough innovation -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "The important yet contradictory role of innovation in society calls for a philosophy of innovation. Critically exploring innovation in relation to values, the economy and social change, Rafael Ziegler proposes a collaborative theory and practice of innovation that aims to liberate possibilities for our common futures. Following cues from the arts and drawing on the innovation literature across the social sciences, this book exposes pro-innovation bias and the gospel of disruptive change. Not only entrepreneurs but also civic networks and tinkerers are discussed as sources of innovation, and social change as a balancing act of innovation, exnovation and restoration. The discussion of capabilitarian, communitarian, liberal, republican and socialist ideas of justice and innovation leads Ziegler to a transformative proposal: 'enough innovation' based on enough for all and with respect for all. This is a thought-provoking read for scholars working on sustainability-transformation, democratic, responsible and social innovation, and philosophy of economics"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781789904543
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 113
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Towards a competitive, sustainable modern city (2020)
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781839107481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 250 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Urbanisierung ; Stadtsoziologie ; Welt ; Sociology, Urban ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Stadtentwicklung ; Stadtsoziologie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- PART I THE SUSTAINABLE CITY -- 1 Towards sustainable urban competitiveness? The role of organizing capacity and distributed leadership / Leo van den Berg and Luis Carvalho -- 2 The modern city and third places: new sources of sustainable entrepreneurs and competitiveness / Diane-Gabrielle Tremblay and Arnaud Scaillerez -- 3 Urbanization and sustainable urban development in China / Shen Jianfa -- 4 In search of an innovation economic geography / Edward Blakely -- 5 Evaluating the quality of comprehensive plans for urban resilience: the case of seven metropolitan cities in South Korea / Hyun-Woo Kim and Gi-Chan Kim -- PART II THE COMPETITIVE CITY -- 6 "Focused Research University"and "Matrix College": Incheon National University's strategies based on combination and permutation / Cho Dong-Sung -- 7 Human behavior and economic development: culture, psychology and the competitiveness of cities and regions / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 8 Must a competitive city be a tolerant city? / Peter Karl Kresl -- 9 Ecological environment competitiveness in emerging economies: a case of urban India / Shaleen Singhal and Meenakshi Kumar -- 10 Metropolitan development and geographical deconcentration in Mexico, 1980-2015 / Jaime Sobrino -- 11 Mexico: GVCs network development and the emergence of interactive cities 200/ Clemente Ruiz Durán -- 12 Mexican cities' innovative industry and competitiveness in the age of the modern city: changes between 1993 and 2013 / Isela Orihuela -- Index.
    Abstract: "This original book examines the experiences cities and urban areas have had with two principal concerns that confront them today: sustainability and competitiveness. Focusing on major cities in East Asia, North America, and Western Europe, Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City illuminates the ways in which cities differ not only in their course and stages of development, but in the nature of their economies and their administrative structures. Featuring a wide-ranging set of contributions from top researchers, this book discusses and analyzes the issues that different cities face, such as social cohesion, tolerance and cultural diversity, and how this will determine their developmental trajectories through the coming decade. These issues are explored in relation to contemporary topics including the growing economy of robotics, the rising importance and use of artificial intelligence and the information and communications economy. Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City will be an invaluable read for scholars and professors in urban economics and urban studies more broadly, particularly those who are focusing on the importance of sustainability in both areas. Its stimulating, yet accessible, approach to the topic and key case studies will also greatly benefit urban planners and economic policy makers looking to improve contemporary cities"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781839107481
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 114
    Article
    Article
    Fünfzig Jahre Ethnologie (2019)
    In:  Nicht alles verstehen (2019), Seite 25-40 | year:2019 | pages:25-40
    Details
    ISBN: 9783496016267
    Language: German
    Titel der Quelle: Nicht alles verstehen
    Publ. der Quelle: Berlin : Reimer, 2019
    Angaben zur Quelle: (2019), Seite 25-40
    Angaben zur Quelle: year:2019
    Angaben zur Quelle: pages:25-40
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Article
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 115
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The economics of agglomeration (2019)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788119788
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: lizenzpflichtig
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 116
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Ethnologie : Einführung in die Erforschung kultureller Vielfalt (2017)
    Berlin : Reimer
    Details
    ISBN: 9783496030072
    Language: German
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Edition: Neunte Auflage, erweiterte und aktualisierte Neufassung
    Series Statement: Ethnologische Paperbacks (484 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 390
    RVK:
    LB 23000
    RVK:
    LB 24000
    RVK:
    LB 30000
    Keywords: Ethnologie ; Volkskunde ; Handbuch ; Feldforschung ; Wirtschaftsethnologie ; Verwandtschaftsethnologie ; Methoden der Ethnologie ; Migrationsethnologie ; Materielle Kultur ; Medienethnologie ; Religionsethnologie ; Rechtsethnologie ; Ethnologie ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Ethnologie ; Volkskunde
    DOI: 10.5771/9783496030072
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    HU Berlin
    München UB
    KOBV
    BVB
  • 117
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship : a comparative analysis (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364624
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 118
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The sandwich generation : caring for oneself and others at home and at work (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364969
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 119
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook on work and well-being (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785363269
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 120
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    QP 600
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    DOI: 10.4337/9780857937957
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurial identity : the process of becoming an entrepreneur (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785363719
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 122
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786432797
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 123
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Decisions : the complexities of individual and organizational decision-making (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788110396
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 124
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of middle management strategy process research (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    QP 300
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783473250
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 125
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Trust in regulatory regimes (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    MD 6300
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785365577
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 126
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Emancipation through emotion regulation at work (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786436337
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 127
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Creating resilient economies : entrepreneurship, growth and development in uncertain times (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    QP 340
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785367649
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Global women leaders : breaking boundaries (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785368714
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 129
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New methods of market research and analysis (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786432698
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 130
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research on leadership and creativity (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    QP 300
    RVK:
    QV 584
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784715465
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 131
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of international human resource development : context, processes and people (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    QV 578
    RVK:
    QP 305
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781781954188
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 132
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of sustainability in management education : in search of a multidisciplinary, innovative and integrated approach (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    QP 371
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785361241
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 133
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785365041
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises : a benefits approach (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    QR 400
    RVK:
    QQ 000
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783478293
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 135
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook on place branding and marketing (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    QQ 960
    RVK:
    QY 000
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784718602
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 136
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Exploring the entrepreneurial society : institutions, behaviors and outcomes (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783472666
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 137
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    An autecological theory of the firm and its environment (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784711016
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 138
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams : theory and practice (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784713263
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784713171
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 140
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Gender and entrepreneurial activity (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364747
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 141
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook of expatriates (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    QP 305
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784718183
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 142
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Capturing the innovation opportunity space : creating business models with new forms of innovation (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    QP 210
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783475520
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 143
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The development of international business : a narrative of theory and practice (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    QP 305
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786439987
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Reshaping India in the new global context (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785369018
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 145
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784710927
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 146
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research on gender and leadership (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    QV 578
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785363863
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship (2017)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    QP 341
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    DOI: 10.4337/9781782545569
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Mastering creativity in organizations (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788110150
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 149
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Field guide to leadership development (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785369919
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Trends in climate change legislation (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786435781
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 151
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities : reopening the debate (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783475445
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 152
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Managing academics : a question of perspective (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    QX 850
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781781006696
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 153
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour : intention, education and orientation (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786434432
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785367533
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Collaborative strategy : critical issues for alliances and networks (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    QP 450
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783479580
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Power, policy and profit : corporate engagement in politics and governance (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784711214
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 157
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Knowing her place : positioning women in science (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783476527
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 158
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Organizational opportunity and deviant behavior : convenience in white-collar crime (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781788111881
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 159
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of methods in leadership research (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    QP 300
    RVK:
    QV 584
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785367281
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 160
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    MR 2400
    RVK:
    MS 5650
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784717056
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 161
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research methods in service innovation (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    QQ 250
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364860
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 162
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A research agenda for human resource management (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785362965
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 163
    Article
    Article
    Ethnologie als wissenschaftliche Disziplin (2017)
    In:  Ethnologie (2017), Seite 15-32 | year:2017 | pages:15-32
    Details
    ISBN: 3496015594
    Language: Undetermined
    Titel der Quelle: Ethnologie
    Publ. der Quelle: Berlin : Reimer, 2017
    Angaben zur Quelle: (2017), Seite 15-32
    Angaben zur Quelle: year:2017
    Angaben zur Quelle: pages:15-32
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Article
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research on franchising (2017)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on franchising
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364181
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 165
    Book
    Book
    Ethnologie : Einführung in die Erforschung kultureller Vielfalt (2017)
    Berlin : Reimer
    Details
    ISBN: 3-496-01559-4 , 978-3-496-01559-8
    Language: German
    Pages: 484 Seiten , Diagramme
    Edition: Neunte Auflage, erweiterte und aktualisierte Neufassung
    Series Statement: Ethnologische Paperbacks
    DDC: 305.8
    RVK:
    LB 23000-LB 23730
    RVK:
    LB 23000
    RVK:
    LB 24000
    RVK:
    LB 30000
    Keywords: Ethnologie Einführung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Einführung ; Einführung ; Einführung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Das Erforschen kultureller Vielfalt ist zentraler Gegenstand der Ethnologie. 25 Autor_innen aus Instituten in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz bieten Einblick in das Fach, seine Inhalte und theoretischen Perspektiven. Die Beiträge umfassen eine Vielzahl an Themen: grundlegende Theorien und Methoden; Teilbereiche wie die Wirtschafts- oder Verwandtschaftsethnologie; Themen wie die Medienethnologie und die Stadt- oder die Entwicklungsethnologie. Grundlage ist der bewährte Band »Ethnologie. Einführung und Überblick«.Das Buch ist ein wichtiges Grundlagenwerk für Student_innen und alle an der Ethnologie Interessierten, die sich Arbeitsgebiete, theoretische Ansätze und Ergebnisse des Faches erschließen wollen
    Description / Table of Contents: Julia Pauli und Bettina Beer: Einleitung -- Theorien und Methoden -- Teilbereiche des Fachs -- Querschneidende Themen -- Spezialthemen -- Bibliographie -- Zu den Autorinnen und Autoren -- Register
    Note: Literaturverzeichnis: Seite 405 - 475
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Klappentext
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Klappentext
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Klappentext
    URL: http://deposit.d-nb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?id=0eaceff8fea54aa89d07b466d3d05df6&prov=M&dok_var=1&dok_ext=htm
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    URL: Inhaltstext
    URL: Inhaltsverzeichnis
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Book
    HU Berlin
    München BSB
    München UB
    Würzburg UB
    Frobenius-Institut
    Regensburg UB
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    HeBIS
    BVB
    Bayreuth UB
    Ethn. Museum Berlin
    MEK Berlin
    MARKK
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
    GRASSI Mus. Leipzig
  • 166
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A research agenda for entrepreneurship and context (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784716844
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for entrepreneurship and context
    DDC: 338.04072
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. The context of contextualizing contexts / Friederike Welter, William B. Gartner and Mike Wright -- 2. Understanding entrepreneurial cognitions through the lenses of context / Malin Brännback and Alan L. Carsrud -- 3. 'After' context / Chris Steyaert -- 4. Let them eat bricolage? Toward a contextualized notion of inequality of entrepreneurial opportunity / Ted Baker and E. Erin Powell -- 5. The temporal dimension of context / Stephen Lippmann and Howard E. Aldrich -- 6. Entrepreneurship in historical context: using history to develop theory and understand process / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 7. A relational conceptualization of context and the real-time emergence of entrepreneurship processes / Denise Fletcher and Paul Selden -- 8. Theorizing entrepreneurship in context / Erik Stam -- 9. Methodological approaches towards context-sensitive entrepreneurship research / Simone Chlosta -- 10. Advancing understanding of entrepreneurial embeddedness: forms of capital, social contexts and time / Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd, Tobias Pret and Eleanor Shaw -- 11. Historical methods for contextualizing entrepreneurship research / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 12. Narrating context / William B. Gartner -- 13. Advancing our research agenda for entrepreneurship and contexts / Friederike Welter and William B. Gartner -- 14. A reading list on entrepreneurship and contexts.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. There is growing recognition that entrepreneurship can be better understood within its context(s). This carefully designed book invites readers to take a journey: from reflecting critically on where the discussion on context and entrepreneurship stands today towards identifying future research questions and themes that deserve the attention of entrepreneurship scholars. This collection draws attention to the research challenges the entrepreneurship field faces by reviewing the many facets of contexts and by reflecting on methods and theoretical approaches that are required in order to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Written by renowned international scholars, the book's leading-edge contributions provide a thorough exploration of how to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Taking a multidisciplinary approach, comprehensive coverage of the entrepreneurship/contexts debate is included, in addition to reading lists and a chapter dedicated to advancing future research avenues. Students and academics interested in context and entrepreneurship will benefit from this far-reaching and forward-thinking book
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, T. Baker, M. Brännback, A.L. Carsrud, S. Chlosta, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, D. Fletcher, W.B. Gartner, S. Lippmann, E.E. Powell, T. Pret, E. Shaw, P. Selden, E. Stam, C. Steyaert, R.D. Wadhwani, F. Welter, M. Wright , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784716844
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 167
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurship, universities & resources : frontiers in European entrepreneurship research (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786432544
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Conference (28. : 2014 : Luxemburg (Stadt)) Entrepreneurship, universities & resources
    DDC: 338/.04
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Gründungsausbildung ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis ; Finnland ; Russland ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift ; Europäische Union ; Hochschule ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: Focusing on the Role of Resources and Universities in Entrepreneurship / Ulla Hytti, Robert Blackburn, Denise Fletcher and Friederike Welter -- 2. Exploring Processes and Structures in Social Entrepreneuring: A Practice-Theory Approach / Bengt Johannisson, Jan Alpenberg and Pär Strandberg -- 3. Entrepreneurship and Equity Crowdfunding: A Research Agenda / Thanh Huynh -- 4. How Business Angels Found a Way to Contribute Non-financially: A Processual Approach / Olli-Matti Nevalainen and Päivi Eriksson -- 5. Resource Flexibility, Early Internationalization and Performance / R. Işıl Yavuz, Harry Sapienza and Youngeun Chu -- 6. Overcoming the 'Smallness Challenge' in Asymmetrical Alliances / Krister Salamonsen -- 7. Evolution of the Scientrepreneur? Role Identity Construction of Science-based Entrepreneurs in Finland and in Russia / Päivi Karhunen and Irina Olimpieva -- 8. The Intention-behavior Link of Higher Education Graduates / Elina Varamäki, Sanna Joensuu-Salo and Anmari Viljamaa -- 9. Made in Liverpool : Exploring the Contribution of a University-industry Research Partnership to Innovation and Entrepreneurship / Sam Horner and Benito Giordano.
    Abstract: The role of resources is pivotal in entrepreneurship for the success of new and small ventures, though most face resource constraints. The book offers multiple perspectives on analysing and understanding the importance of resources in entrepreneurship development. Approaching the subject with both a practice-theory and research-based approach, the contributors analyse topics such as processes and structures in social entrepreneuring; entrepreneurship and equity in crowdfunding; and forming alliances with large firms to overcome resource constraints. The contributors provide evidence, for example, on how business angels can contribute more than finance to small ventures and how the flexibility of resources is important in internationalisation. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, business and management, and other related subjects will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field looking for practical advice
    Note: Contributors: J. Alpenberg, R. Blackburn, Y. Chu, P. Eriksson, D. Fletcher, B. Giordano, S. Horner, T. Huynh, U. Hytti, S. Joensuu-Salo, B. Johannisson, P. Karhunen, O.-M. Nevalainen, I. Olimpieva, K. Salamonsen, H. Sapienza, P. Strandberg, E. Varamäki, A. Viljamaa, F. Welter, R.I. Yavuz , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786432544
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784717421
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts
    RVK:
    QV 221
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Women-owned business enterprises ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmerin ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts / Cristina Díaz-García, Candida G. Brush, Elizabeth J. Gatewood and Friederike Welter -- Part I institutional factors explaining women entrepreneurship -- 2. The role of gendered institutional contexts in the rate and type of women's entrepreneurship across countries / John Ruiz-Arroyo, John Fuentes and John Bojica -- 3. Business and occupational crowding: implications for female entrepreneurship development and success / Ruta Aidis -- 4. Innovation and women's entrepreneurship - (why) are women entrepreneurs less innovative? / Teita Bijedić, Siegrun Brink, Kerstin Ettl, Silke Kriwoluzky, Friederike Welter -- 5. Strategies and policies influencing entrepreneurial start-up decisions: evidence from Tanzanian female entrepreneurs / Dina Nziku -- Part II meso-organsational structures and institutions influencing women entrepreneurs -- 6. The gendered contextualization of SME cooperation in urban East Africa / Malin Tillmar -- 7. Management in small firms run by women: a case study of handicraft exporters / Janina V. León -- 8. Supporting artisan communities through social entrepreneurship in Kenya: an exploration of Soko / Alanna Ford and Sarah Cooper -- 9. Empowering women through social entrepreneurship with innovative business models: cases from Turkey / Duygu Uygur, Elif Bezal Kahraman and Gonca Gunay -- 10. Financing high-growth women-owned enterprises: evidence from the United States / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- Part III women entrepreneurship as embedded agency: entrepreneurial intention, firm creation and management -- 11. The entrepreneurial potential of Spanish university women based on a psychosocial model / José C. Sánchez-García & Brizeida R. Hernández-Sánchez -- 12. Entrepreneurial intention of young Lebanese students; an overview of a gender study / Laurice Alexandre -- 13. An exploration of Icelandic marketing women entrepreneurs / Guja Armansdottir, Clare Brindley, Carley Foster, Daniel Wheatley and Christopher Pich -- 14. Women entrepreneurs and performance: evidences from Italy / Michela Mari, Sara Pogessi and Luisa De Vita.
    Abstract: The phenomenon of women's entrepreneurship has gained significant momentum across the globe. Written by leading scholars from a wide range of countries, this book advances the understanding of women's entrepreneurship by drawing attention to the contexts in which they operate. It is the fifth in the series of books produced in partnership with the Diana International Research Network. In this book, expert contributors explore female potential and how entrepreneurs make decisions within a multi-layered gendered context. As a rare and current overview of women's entrepreneurship, it presents evidence of the positive impact that achieving equality in gendered institutions would have, how to facilitate meso-institutions' impact and how to foster entrepreneurship education and entrepreneurial initiative at the individual level. A crucial discussion of how women's entrepreneurship could benefit from a more comprehensive concept of innovation or implementing entrepreneurial policies focused on women is also included. With its focus on advancing knowledge about gender issues within the business realm, Women's Entrepreneurship in Global and Local Contexts will be of interest to researchers, faculty and students as well as policy-makers and practitioners
    Note: Contributors include: R. Aidis, L. Alexandre, G. Armannsdottir, T. Bijedić, A.M. Bojica, C. Brindley, S. Brink, C.G. Brush, S. Coleman, S. Cooper, L. De Vita, M. del Mar Fuentes, C. Díaz-García, K. Ettl, A. Ford, C. Foster, E.J. Gatewood, G. Gunay, B.R. Hernández-Sánchez, E.B. Kahraman, S. Kriwoluzky, J.V. León, M. Mari, D. Nziku, C. Pich, S. Poggesi, A. Robb, M. Ruiz-Arroyo, J.C. Sánchez-García, M. Tillmar, D. Uygur, F. Welter, D. Wheatley , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784717421
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 169
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785365553
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    QY 000
    RVK:
    QP 380
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Mittelstandspolitik ; Entrepreneurship ; Europa ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka -- Part I innovation -- 2. Innovation processes in adverse institutional settings: connectedness and disconnectedness in three regions of Ukraine / Christos Kalantaridis. Svitlana Slava, Olga Savchenko and Oleksandra Gumenna -- 3. Smart specialisation as a development opportunity for the peripheral regions of eastern poland / Anna Rogut and Bogdan Piasecki -- Part II entrepreneurial activity and regional development -- 4. Entrepreneurship and industrial policy in Ireland / Colm O'Gorman and Declan Curran -- 5. Towards Europe: the small business charter and sme policy up-grading in the western Balkans / Stephen Roper and Anita Richter -- 6. Is Estonia becoming better home for "born globals"? / Tõnis Mets -- Part III entrepreneurship and SME policy -- 7. Entrepreneurial activity of the Russian population: factors of cross-regional diversity - methodology, indicators, preliminary findings / Alexander Chepurenko, Vladimir Elakhovskiy and Ekaterina Popovskaya -- 8. Entrepreneurial perceptions and entrepreneurial activity in core and peripheral regions in Estonia / Urve Venesaar and Merle Küttim -- 9. The capitalization of new firms: exploring the influence of entrepreneurial characteristics on start-up finance / Paul Robson, Tyler Chamberlin and Mark Freel -- 10. Conclusions / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship and innovation are arguably the main drivers of economic development today. This book explores the two in depth, at both the national and regional levels, using a variety of methodologies. The expert contributors discuss the subject from a policy perspective, with case studies from a host of countries including new member states of the EU as well as established EU member states. Split into three parts, the book focuses on: innovation, entrepreneurial activity and regional development, and entrepreneurship and SME policy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of entrepreneurship and related subjects as well as to practitioners and policy-makers in the field
    Note: Contributors include: T. Chamberlin, A. Chepurenko, D. Curran, V. Elakhovskiy, M. Freel, O. Gumenna, C. Kalantaridis, M. Kuttim, T. Mets, C. O'Gorman, B. Piasecki, E. Popovskaya, A. Richter, P. Robson, A. Rogut, S. Roper, O. Savchenko, S. Slava, U. Venesaar , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785365553
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    A research agenda for management and organization studies (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    QP 300
    RVK:
    MS 5500
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784717025
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 171
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    International perspectives on business innovation and disruption in design (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784716646
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International perspectives on business innovation and disruption in design
    DDC: 658.4063
    RVK:
    QP 210
    Keywords: Produktentwicklung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Disruptive Innovation ; Welt ; Design Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technologie ; Produktgestaltung
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I business models -- 1. Disrupting the aged care business model / Erez Nusem, Cara Wrigley and Judy Matthews -- 2. Mobility horizons: design in a disruptive market / Alex Garrett, Cara Wrigley, Nick Russell and Judy Matthews -- 3. The changing role of the designer in new business models based around 3D printing technologies / Paola Pisano, Marco Pironti and Alison Rieple -- 4. Designing for disruption: strategic business model innovation / Julian Jenkins and Tim Fife -- Part II service design -- 5. Disrupting conventions in development: from 'beneficiaries' to 'co-designers' / Ledia Andrawes, Anitha Moorthy and Adela Mcmurray -- 6. The customer journey as a tool for business innovation and transformation / Judith Gloppen, Berit Lindquister and Hans-Peter Daae -- Part III international and multinational design interventions -- 7. Researching the design innovation process in a multinational: an empathic approach to the application of delphi technique / Mersha Aftab and Robert Young -- 8. The application of design as an enabler to the disruptive delivery of innovation through both the offshore and outsourcing of new product creation to India / Les Wynn -- Part IV aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics -- 9. Breaking the routines: artistic and design interventions as a tool for developing creativity in organizations / Marja Soila-Wadman and Lisbeth Svengren Holm -- 10. The psycho-spatial dynamics of workplace designs for creative disruption / Laura H. Malinin, Alison Williams and Katharine Leigh -- Part V design capabilities -- 11. The role of emotion, experience and meaning: the comparative case of Apple and Samsung / Karla Straker and Cara Wrigley -- 12. Design capabilities and business innovation / Marzia Mortati and Beatrice Villari -- 13. In design we trust: dealing with the innovation imperative / Henning Berthold, Shiona Chillas and Barbara Townley.
    Abstract: Design is increasingly recognized as an important source of competitive advantage and an important element in innovation and new product development. In this third volume of the International Perspectives on Business Innovation and Disruption book series, editors Robert DeFillippi, Alison Rieple and Patrik Wikström focus on the role of design innovation in transforming industry practice. With an international cast of scholars and practitioners, this book examines how design innovation impacts the creation of new business models, innovative forms of service delivery, multinational innovation practices, the role of aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics in fostering innovation, and the types of design capabilities found in the most innovative businesses worldwide. Split into five sections, many chapters focus upon design thinking and conceptualize design as a user-centered, empathic and participative practice that allows diverse stakeholders to creatively contribute to business innovation. This instructive and insightful volume will be an essential resource for practitioners and managers across all organization types, both in the public and private sector, who wish to transform the way they do business, as well as for design, management and social science students and scholars
    Note: Contributors include: M. Aftab, L. Andrawes, H. Berthold, S. Chillas, H.-P. Daae, T. Fife, A. Garrett, J. Gloppen, J. Jenkins, K. Leigh, B. Lindquister, L.H. Malinin, J. Matthews, A. McMurray, A. Moorthy, M. Mortati, E. Nusem, M. Pironti, P. Pisano, A. Rieple, N. Russell, M. Soila-Wadman, K. Straker, L. Svengren Holm, B. Townley, B. Villari, A. Williams, C. Wrigley, L. Wynn, R. Young , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784716646
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 172
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of research on business angels (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    QP 230
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783471720
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 173
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management (2016)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784719692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management
    RVK:
    QV 578
    Keywords: Diversity Management ; Vergleich ; Welt ; Diversity in the workplace ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Introduction: international and comparative perspectives on diversity management: an overview -- 1. Social dialogue - an 'essential dimension' of diversity management in continental Europe? / Emma Stringfellow -- 2. Diversity management in Denmark and in France: a comparative approach / Sabine Bacouel-Jentjens and Liza Castro Christiansen -- 3. An intersectional approach to diversity management in the United States and France / Tarani Merriweather Woodson and Ariane Ollier-Malaterre -- 4. Brazil, South African and USA work environments: a comparative analysis of equal opportunity, diversity management and inclusion practices / Lize Booysen, Gwendolyn Combs and Waheeda Lillevik -- 5. A comparative review of multiculturalism in Australia, Canada, United Kingdom, United States, and South Africa / Isabel Metz, Eddy Ng, Nelarine Cornelius, Jenny M. Hoobler and Stella Nkomo -- 6. A comparison of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer rights and politics in South Africa and the USA / Lize Booysen and Heather Wishik -- 7. What does being LGBT mean in the workplace? a comparison of LGBT equality in Turkey and the UK / Emir Ozeren and Erhan Aydin -- 8. Managing diversity in the South Pacific / Katherine Ravenswood, Stéphane Le Queux, Erica French, Glenda Strachan and John Burgess -- 9. A comparative analysis of youth labor market exclusion / Paula Apascaritei, Lourdes Susaeta, Esperanza Suarez Ruz, Isis Gutiérrez-Martínez, Sandra Idrovo Carlier and José Ramón Pin Arboledas -- 10. A comparative study of five countries with critical mass and its ambiguous impact on HRM policies / Terry A. Nelson, Kori Callison and Allison Thomas -- 11. Tribal diversity and collective productivity: the intervening mechanisms of social inclusion, human resource development and tribal identity / David B. Zoogah.
    Abstract: This Research Handbook offers, for the first time, a comparative approach to current diversity management concerns facing nations. Spanning 19 countries and across Africa, it covers age, gender, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation, national origin and the intersection of various dimensions of diversity. The multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors, leading scholars in their own countries, examine how the various actors react, adopt and manage the different dimensions of diversity, from a multitude of approaches, from national to sectoral and from tribes to trade unions, but always with a comparative, multi-country perspective. This book represents the efforts of multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors who are prominent diversity scholars in their respective countries. Offering comparative approaches to diversity management and comparative public policy on multiculturalism, it explores comparisons at both the macro-environmental and meso-organizational levels. Topics covered include pan-African tribal diversity management, diversity in the South Pacific, youth labour market exclusion and LGBTQ rights in selected countries. This comprehensive review of diversity management will appeal to both academics and graduate students as well as to public policy-makers, industry practitioners, top leadership, middle managers and HR managers
    Note: Contributors include: P. Apascaritei, E. Aydin, S. Bacouel-Jentjens, L. Booysen, J. Burgess, K. Callison, S.I. Carlier, L. Castro Christiansen, G. Combs, N. Cornelius, E. French, I. Gutiérrez-Martínez, J.M. Hoobler, S. Le Queux, W. Lillevik, T. Merriweather Woodson, I. Metz, T.A. Nelson, E. Ng, S. Nkomo, A. Ollier-Malaterre, E. Ozeren, J. Ramón Pin Arboledas, K. Ravenswood, G. Strachan, E. Stringfellow, E. Suarez Ruz, L. Susaeta, A. Thomas, H. Wishik, D.B. Zoogah , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784719692
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Financial intermediaries : an analysis of essential articles (2016)
    Northhampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784719043
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Financial institutions ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Tabb, L. (2012), 'Written Testimony to the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs by Larry Tabb, CEO, TABB Group', 30 September, http://www.banking.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=Hearings.Testimony&Hearing_ID=f8a5cef9-291d-4dd3-ad3-10b55c86d23e&Witness_ID=f52000faa2-1cfe-48a5-b373-60bde009d3a3, accessed 20 January 2013. -- Kirilenko, A.A., Kyle, A.S., Samadi, M. and Tuzun, T. (2011), 'The Flash Crash: The Impact of High Frequency Trading on an Electronic Market', http://papers.ssrn.comn/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1686004, accessed 5 April 2013. -- Vigna, P. and Lauricella, T. (2012), 'Sawtooth Trading Hits Coke, IBM, McDonald's, and Apple Shares', Wall Street Journal, 19 July, http://blogs.wsj.com/marketbeat/2012/07/19/sawtooth-trading-hits-coke-ibm-mcdonalds-and-apple-shares/, accessed 25 July 2012. -- Khandani, A.E. and Lo, A.W. (2007), 'What Happened to the Quants in August 2007?', Journal of Investment Management, 5 (4), 5-54. -- Lehmann, B.N. (1990), 'Fads, Martingales, and Market Efficiency', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 105 (1), 1-28. -- Lo, A. and MacKinlay, C. (1990), 'When Are Contrarian Profits Due to Stock Market Over-reaction?', Review of Financial Studies, 3 (2), 175-205. -- Goldman Sachs Asset Management (2007), 'The Quant Liquidity Crunch', Goldman Sachs Global Quantitative Equity Group, August. Proprietary document for Goldman Sachs clients; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007a), 'Turbulent Times in Quant Land', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, 9 August, Lehman Brothers Equity Research, http://dealbreaker.com/_old/images/pdrf/quant.pdf, accessed 19 August 2007. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007b), 'View from QuantLand: Where Do We Go Now?', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007c), 'Rebalance of Large Cap Quant Portfolio', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Edgeworth, F.Y. (1888), 'The Mathematical Theory of Banking', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, LI, 113-27. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Haubrich, J.G. and King, R.G. (1984), 'Banking and Insurance', Working Paper 1312, National Bureau of Economic Research. -- Orr, D. and Mellon, W.G. (1961), 'Stochastic Reserve Losses and Expansion of Bank Credit', American Economic Review, LI (4), 614-23. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Friedman, M. (1969), 'The Optimal Quantity of Money', in M. Friedman, The Optimal Quantity of Money and Other Essays, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Co., 1-50. -- Keister, T. and McAndrews, J.J. (2009), 'Why Are Banks Holding So Many Excess Reserves?', Current Issues in Economics and Finance, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 15 (8), 1-11. -- Iley, Richard A. and Lewis, M.K. (2013), Global Finance After the Crisis: The United States, China and the New World Order, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar. -- Bank for International Settlements (2010), 'The Future of the Financial Sector', BIS80th Annual Report, Basel, Switzerland: Bank for International Settlements, 74-88. -- Gurley, J.G. and Shaw, E.S. (1960), Money in the Theory of Finance, Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1995. -- Keynes, J.M. (1936), General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, London: Macmillan.
    Abstract: Leland, H.E. and Pyle, D.H. (1977), 'Information Asymmetries, Financial Structure and Financial Intermediation', Journal of Finance, 32, 371-87. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Diamond, D. (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51(166), 393-414. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Fama, E.F. (1985), 'What's Different About Banks?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 15, 23-39. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Arrow, K.J. (1964), 'The Role of Securities in the Optimal Allocation of Risk-Bearing', Review of Economic Studies, 31, 91-6. -- Arrow, K.J. (1974), 'Insurance, Risk and Resource Allocation', in Arrow, K.J. , Essays in the Theory of Risk-Bearing, Amsterdam: North Holland, 134-43. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Swary, I. and Udell, G.F. (1985), 'The Role of Collateral in Commercial Lending', Working Paper No. 359, Salomon Brothers Center for the Study of Financial Institutions, New York University. -- Dowd, K. (1992a), 'Models of Banking Instability: A Partial Review of the Literature', Journal of Economic Surveys, 6 (2), 107-32. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Dowd, K. (1996), Competition and Finance. A Reinterpretation of Financial and Monetary Economics, London: Macmillan. -- Modigliani, F. and Miller, M.H. (1958), 'The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of Investment', American Economic Review, 48, 261-97. -- Flannery, M.J. (1985), 'A Portfolio View of Loan Selection and Pricing', in Aspinwall, R. and Eisenbeis, R. (eds), Handbook for Banking Strategy, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 457-72. -- Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1986), 'Banking and General Equilibrium', Discussion Paper No. 108, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University. -- Dowd, K. (1992b), 'Optimal Financial Contracts', Oxford Economic Papers, 44, October, 672-93. -- Benink, H.A. and Llewellyn, D.T. (1994), 'Deregulation and Financial Fragility: A Case Study of the UK and Scandinavia', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R.J. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 443-63. -- Lewis, M.K. (1994), 'Banking on Real Estate', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Press, 47-71. -- Lewis, M.K. (2000), 'The Next Property Cycle: A Survival Kit for Banks', in Green, B. (ed.), Risk Behaviour and Risk Management in Business Life, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 98-110. -- Bentick, B.L. and Lewis, M.K. (2004), 'Real Estate Speculation as a Source of Banking and Currency Instability: Some Different Lessons from the Asian Crisis', The Economics and Labour Relations Review, 14 (2), 256-75. -- Lewis, M.K. (2009), 'The Origins of the Sub-prime Crisis: Inappropriate Policies, Regulations, or Both?', Accounting Forum, 33 (2), 114-26. -- Calomiris, C.W. and Kahn, C. (1989), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', mimeo, Northwestern University. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), 401-19. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995.
    Abstract: Jacklin, C.H. (1987), 'Demand Deposits, Trading Restrictions, and Risk Sharing', in Prescott, E.C. and Wallace, N. (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Inter-temporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics, vol. 1, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 26-47. -- Wallace, N. (1988), 'Another Attempt to Explain an Illiquid Banking System: The Diamond and Dybvig Model with Sequential Service Taken Seriously', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review, Fall, 3-16. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1986), 'Banking Theory, Deposit Insurance, and Bank Regulation', Journal of Business, 59 (1), 55-68. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- White, L.J. (1989), 'The Reform of Federal Deposit Insurance', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (4), 11-29. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Litan, R. (2011), The World in Crisis: Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees From Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press. -- Gorton, G. and Merrick, A. (2012), 'Securitized Banking and the Run on Repo', Journal of Financial Economics, 104 (3), 425-51. -- King, M. (2010), Banking: From Bagehot to Basel, and Back Again, New York: Buttonwood Gathering, 25 October. -- Ashcraft, A. and Schuermann, T. (2008), 'Understanding the Securitization of Subprime Mortgage Credit', Foundations and Trends in Finance, 2 (3), 191-309. -- Kacperczyk, M. and Schnabl, P. (2010), 'When Safe Proved Risky: Commercial Paper during the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 24 (1), 29-50. -- Pozsar, A., Adrian, T., Ashcraft, A. and Boesky, H. (2010, revised 2012), 'Shadow Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff Reports, no. 458. -- Mollenkamp, C. and Ng, S. (2007), 'How Wall Street Wizards Conjured Up Sub-prime's Hurricane Norma', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 28 December, 23. -- Financial Stability Board (2013), 'Policy Framework for Strengthening Oversight and Regulation of Shadow Banking Entities', Consultative Document, Financial Stability Board, Basel, http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/publications/r_130929c.htm, accessed 20 January 2014. -- Gorton, G. (2009), 'The Subprime Panic', European Financial Management, 15 (1), 10-46. -- Nyberg, L., Persson, M. and Johansson, M.W. (2008), 'The Financial Market Turmoil: Causes and Consequences', SverigesRiksbank EconomicReview, 1, 38-48. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (2008), 'Lessons from the Crisis for Financial Regulation: What We Need and What We Do Not Need', Review, 78, Financial Markets Group Research Centre, 3-4. -- Calomiris, C.W., Eisenbeis, R.A. and Litan, R.E. (2011), 'US Financial Crisis in the US and Beyond', in Litan, R. (ed.), The World in Crisis:Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees from Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press, 32-90. -- Bord, V.M. and Santos, J.A.C. (2012), 'The Rise of the Originate-to-Distribute Model and the Role of Banks in Financial Intermediation', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 21-34. -- Cetorelli, N. and Peristiani, S. (2012), 'The Role of Banks in Asset Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 47-63. -- Mandel, B.H., Morgan, D. and Wei, C. (2012), 'The Role of Bank Credit Enhancements in Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 35-46.
    Abstract: Uren, D. (2014), 'Regulators Put Shadow Banking in the Spotlight', The Australian, 17 November, 19. -- Paletta, D. (2010), 'Volcker Shoots from the Hip', Wall Street Journal, 25-6 June, 31. -- Poole, W. (2010), 'Principles for Reform', Finance and Development, 47 (2), 28-9. -- Brennan, S., Haldane, A. and Madouros, V. (2010), 'The Contribution of the Financial Sector: Miracle or Mirage?', in The Future of Finance: The LSE Report, London School of Economics, http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/speeches/2010/speech442.pdf, accessed 17November 2010. -- Zamil, S. Raihan (2009), 'Too Big to Ignore', Finance and Development, 46 (4), 41-4. -- Friedman, M. (1960), A Program for Monetary Stability, New York: Fordham University Press. -- Hart, A.G. (1935), 'The Chicago Plan of Banking Reform', Review of Economic Studies, 2, 104-16. -- Davis, B. (2010), 'Volcker Plan Gains Support as Rules are Rewritten', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 3 May, 35. -- The Economist (2010), 'Easy-Money Riders', The Economist, 17 July, 70. -- Kotlikoff, E.J. (2010), Jimmy Stewart is Dead: Ending the World's Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (1995), The Central Bank and the Financial System, London: Macmillan. -- Bradley, C., Burhouse, S., Gratton, H. and Miller, R.A. (2009), 'Federal Reserve Board Academic Consultants Meeting on Non-traditional Financial Services, 16 April 2008, FDIC Quarterly, 3 (1), http://fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarter/;2009_vol3_1/AltFinServicesprimer.html, accessed 30 July 2012. -- Benston, G.J. (1965), 'Branch Banking and Economies of Scale', National Banking Review, 2, 507-49. -- Benston, G.J. (1968), 'Are Larger Banks More Efficient?', The Banker, 118, 605, 607, 609, 611. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Humphrey, D. (1987), 'Cost Dispersion and the Measurement of Economies in Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 73 (May/June), 24-38. -- Humphrey, D.B. (1990), 'Why Do Estimates of Bank Scale Economies Differ?', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 76 (5), 38-50. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Avraham, D., Selvaggi, P. and Vickery, J. (2012), 'A Structural View of US Bank Holding Companies', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 65-81. -- Copeland, A. (2012), 'Evolution and Heterogeneity among Larger Bank Holding Companies: 1994 to 2010', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 83-93. -- Ross, S. (1973), 'The Economic Theory of Agency: The Principal's Problem', American Economic Review, 63 (2), 134-9.
    Abstract: Mirrlees, J. (1974), 'Notes on Welfare Economies, Information, and Uncertainty', in , M.S. , McFadden, D.L. and Wu, S.Y. (eds), Contributions to Economic Analysis, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 243-58. -- Mirrlees, J. (1976), 'The Optimal Structure of Incentives and Authority within an Organisation', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), 105-31. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1974), 'Risk Sharing and Incentives in Sharecropping', Review of Economic Studies, 61, 219-55. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1975), 'Incentives, Risk and Information: Notes towards a Theory of Hierarchy', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (2), 552-79. -- Campbell, D.E. (1995), Incentives, Motivation and the Economics of Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Markowitz, H.M. (1959), Portfolio Selection: Efficient Diversification of Investments, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley. -- Harrod, R.F. (1969), Money, London: Macmillan, St Martin's Press. -- McCulley, P.A. (2007), 'Teton Reflections', Global Central Bank Focus Series, PIMCO, August/September, https://www.pimco.com/insights/economic-and-market-commentary/global-central-bank-focus/teton-reflections, accessed 20 January 2014.
    Abstract: This volume brings together some of the most important articles on the topic of financial intermediaries. Financial Intermediaries puts recent developments into an appropriate historical setting, with seminal works by Edgeworth, Arrow, Gurley, Shaw, Baumol, Tobin and Stigler combined with more recent ones by Fischer, Black, Weiss and Stiglitz
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784719043
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Competition and regulation in electricity markets : an Edward Elgar research review (2016)
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784716295
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (976 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition and regulation in electricity markets
    DDC: 333.7/932
    RVK:
    PR 2359
    RVK:
    PS 3600
    Keywords: Wettbewerb ; Regulierung ; Energiemarkt ; Electric power Prices ; Law and legislation ; Energy policy ; Electronic books ; Regulierung ; Elektrizitätsmarkt ; Internationales Recht
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): F.P. Ramsey (1927), 'A Contribution to the Theory of Taxation', Economic Journal, 37 (145), March, 47-61 -- Harold Hotelling (1938), 'The General Welfare in Relation to Problems of Taxation and of Railway and Utility Rates', Econometrica, 6 (3), July, 242-69 -- R.H. Montgomery (1939), 'Government Ownership and Operation of the Electric Industry', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 201, January, 43-9 -- James C. Bonbright (1941), 'Major Controversies as to the Criteria of Reasonable Public Utility Rates', American Economic Review, 30 (5), February, 379-89 -- Nancy Ruggles (1949-1950), 'Recent Developments in the Theory of Marginal Costs Pricing', Review of Economic Studies, 17 (2), 107-26 -- M. Boiteux (1960), 'Peak-Load Pricing', Journal of Business, 33 (2), April, 157-79 -- Harvey Averch and Leland L. Johnson (1962), 'Behavior of the Firm Under Regulatory Constraint', American Economic Review, 52 (5), December, 1052-69 -- George G. Stigler and Claire Friedland (1962), 'What Can Regulators Regulate? The Case of Electricity', Journal of Law and Economics, 5, October, 1-16 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Harold Demsetz (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?', Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), April, 55-65 -- Leonard W. Weiss (1975), 'Antitrust in the Electric Power Industry', in Almarin Phillips (ed.), Promoting Competition in Regulated Markets, Chapter 5, Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 135-73 -- Andrei Shleifer (1985), 'A Theory of Yardstick Competition', RAND Journal of Economics, 16 (3), Autumn, 319-27 -- Richard A. Posner (1971), 'Taxation by Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 22-50 -- William Stanley Jevons (1885), 'The Coal Question in England', Science, 5 (108), February, 175-6 -- William J. Baumol (1982), 'Productivity Incentive Clauses and Rate Adjustment for Inflation', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 110, July, 11-18 -- Richard Schmalensee (1989), 'Good Regulatory Regimes', RAND Journal of Economics, 20 (3), Autumn, 417-36 -- David E.M. Sappington and Dennis L. Weisman (1994), 'Designing Superior Incentive Regulation: Modifying Plans to Preclude Recontracting and Promote Performance', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 132 (5), March, 27-32 -- Paul L. Joskow (2013), 'Incentive Regulation in Theory and Practice: Electricity Distribution and Transmission Networks', in Nancy L. Rose (ed.), Economic Regulation and Its Reform: What Have We Learned?, Chapter 5, Chicago, IL and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 291-344.
    Abstract: Paul L. Joskow (1997), 'Restructuring, Competition and Regulatory Reform in the U.S. Electricity Sector', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 11 (3), Summer, 119-38 -- Peter Cramton and Steven Stoft (2005), 'A Capacity Market that Makes Sense', Electricity Journal, 18 (7), August/September, 43-54 -- Eric S. Schubert, David Hurlbut, Parviz Adib and Shmuel Oren (2006), 'The Texas Energy-Only Resource Adequacy Mechanism', Electricity Journal, 19 (10), December, 39-49 -- Richard Green and Nicholas Vasilakos (2010), 'Market Behaviour with Large Amounts of Intermittent Generation', Energy Policy, 38 (7), July, 3211-20 -- David M. Newbery (1995), 'Power Markets and Market Power', Energy Journal, 16 (3), 39-66 -- Severin Borenstein, James B. Bushnell and Frank A. Wolak (2002), 'Measuring Market Inefficiencies in California's Restructured Wholesale Electricity Market', American Economic Review, 92 (5), December, 1376-405 -- Richard Green (1999), 'The Electricity Contract Market in England and Wales', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLVII (1), March, 107-24 -- Paul L. Joskow and Edward Kahn (2002), 'A Quantitative Analysis of Pricing Behavior in California's Wholesale Electricity Market During Summer 2000', Energy Journal, 23 (4), 1-35 -- Severin Borenstein (2002), 'The Trouble with Electricity Markets: Understanding California's Restructuring Disaster', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (1), Winter, 191-211 -- Andrew Sweeting (2007), 'Market Power in the England and Wales Wholesale Electricity Market 1995-2000', Economic Journal, 117 (520), April, 654-85 -- Richard Gilbert and David Newbery (2010), 'Electricity Merger Policy in the US and EU Electricity Generation', in François Lévêque and Howard Shelanski, Antitrust and Regulation in the EU and US: Legal and Economic Perspectives, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 160-81 -- Roger E. Bohn, Michael C. Caramanis and Fred C. Schweppe (1984), 'Optimal Pricing in Electrical Networks over Space and Time', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 360-76 -- William W. Hogan (1992), 'Contract Networks for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 4 (3), September, 211-42 -- Hung-Po Chao and Stephen Peck (1995), 'A Market Mechanism for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 10 (1), July, 25-59 -- Paul Joskow and Jean Tirole (2005), 'Merchant Transmission Investment', Journal of Industrial Economics, LIII (2), June, 233-64 -- Stephen C. Littlechild and Carlos J. Skerk (2008), 'Transmission Expansion in Argentina 4: A Review of Performance', Energy Economics, 30 (4), July, 1462-90 -- Chris M. Wilson and Catherine Waddams Price (2010), 'Do Consumers Switch to the Best Supplier?', Oxford Economic Papers, 62 (4), October, 647-68 -- Stephen Littlechild (2008), 'Municipal Aggregation and Retail Competition in the Ohio Energy Sector', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 34 (2), October, 164-94 -- Paul L. Joskow (2008), 'Lessons Learned from Electricity Market Liberalization', Energy Journal, 29 (2), 9-42.
    Abstract: Christopher Hood (2010), 'Can We? Administrative Limits Revisited', Public Administration Review, 70 (4), July/August, 527-34 -- Michael G. Pollitt (2012), 'Lessons from the History of Independent System Operators in the Energy Sector', Energy Policy, 47, August, 32-48 -- L. Lynne Kiesling (2009), 'Organization Form and the Wires', in Deregulation, Innovation and Market Liberalization: Electricity Regulation in a Continually Evolving Environment, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY: Routledge, 88-103, notes, references -- Ahmad Faruqui and Sanem Sergici (2010), 'Household Response to Dynamic Pricing of Electricity: A Survey of 15 Experiments', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 38 (2), October, 193-225.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the main issues surrounding competition and regulation in electricity markets. The industry is experiencing irresistible forces for change driven by energy policy objectives; a reassessment of market regulation in the face of high energy prices and the response to consumer pressure to agree on what constitutes a fair price for energy. This research review identifies the key articles that underpin the debate across the industries supply chain (generation, supply and networks) and from a regulatory perspective (including market power and incentive regulation) followed by a consideration of the overall impact of liberalisation and future developments
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784716295
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 176
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Beyond uneconomic growth : economics, equity and the ecological predicament (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783472499
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Advances in ecological economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Beyond uneconomic growth
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Daly, Herman E ; Umweltökonomik ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Environmental economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Umweltökonomie ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: In memoriam for Robert Goodland -- Part I Introduction -- 1. The foundations for an ecological economy: an overview / Joshua Farley -- 2. The world in over-shoot: a celebration of Herman Daly's contributions to ecological economics - the science of sustainability / Robert Goodland -- 3. Toward a sustainable and desirable future: a 35 year collaboration with Herman Daly / Robert Costanza -- Part II Changing the paradigm: what is biophysically possible, and how do humans behave? -- 4. Population, resources, and energy in the global economy: a vindication of Herman Daly's vision / Jonathan M. Harris -- 5. On limits / Arild Vatn -- 6. Toward a science-based theory of behavior: building on Georgescu-Roegen / John Gowdy -- 7. Denying Herman Daly: why conventional economics will not embrace the Daly vision / William E. Rees -- Part III Changing the goals: what is socially, psychologically and ethically desirable? -- 8. The importance of just distribution in a 'full' world / Philip Lawn -- 9. Hicksian income, welfare, and the steady state / Salah El Serafy -- Part IV Changing the rules: institutions for a sustainable and desirable future -- 10. Ecological and Georgist economic principles: a comparison / Clifford Cobb -- 11. Making money / John B. Cobb, Jr. -- Part V The steady-state economy -- 12. The steady-state economy / Peter A. Victor -- 13. Socially sustainable economic degrowth / Joan Martinez Alier -- 14. Politics for a steady state economy / Brian Czech -- Part VI Conclusions -- 15. The unfinished journey of ecological economics: toward an ethic of ecological citizenship / Peter G. Brown.
    Abstract: This engaging book brings together leading ecological economists to collectively present a definitive case for looking beyond economic growth as the sole panacea for the world's ecological predicament. Grounded in physics, ecology, and the science of human behavior, contributors show how economic growth itself has become "uneconomic" and adds to a ravaging of both social and ecological cohesion. Guided by a clear moral vision that prioritizes sustainability and justice over profit, the authors provide a blueprint for an economy that replaces quantitative growth with qualitative improvement to enhance human welfare while restoring degraded ecosystems. They present solutions for many of today's challenges, ranging from global climate change and biodiversity loss to natural resource depletion. This interdisciplinary work not only relates ecological economics theory to the most urgent predicaments of the contemporary world, but also pays tribute to the work of Herman Daly, a leading pioneer of modern ecological economics. Researchers and faculty studying and teaching ecological economics and environmental studies will find value in this unprecedented book. It will also be of interest to practitioners working to solve a variety of global environmental issues
    Note: Contributors include: P.G. Brown, C. Cobb, J.B. Cobb, Jr., R. Costanza, B. Czech, S. El Serafy, J. Farley, R. Goodland, J. Gowdy, J.M. Harris, P. Lawn, D. Malghan, J. Martinez Alier, W.E. Rees, A. Vatn, P.A. Victor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783472499
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 177
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The financialization response to economic disequilibria : European and Latin American experiences (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785364761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in post-keynesian economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The financialization response to economic disequilibria
    DDC: 339.5
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Ungleichgewichtsökonomie ; Europa ; Lateinamerika ; Equilibrium (Economics) ; Business cycles ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction what are the issues now? controversies about disequilibria, economic growth, and economic policies / Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz -- Part I -- Structural desequilibria in Europe: what to do -- 1. A structural and monetary perspective of the Euro crisis / Riccardo Bellofiore, Francesco Garibaldo and Mariana Mortagua -- 2. The big financial crisis and the European economic adjustment: a road towards the strengthening of the neoliberal agenda / Ma. Guadalupe Huerta -- 3. Debt deflation theory and the great recession / Domenica Tropeano and Alessandro Vercelli -- Part II -- The forces of desequilibria at work: their impact on growth -- 4. The periphery in the productive globalization: a new dependency? / Alan Cibils and Germán Pinazo -- 5. Latin America in the new international order: new forms of economic organizations and old forms of surplus appropriation / Noemi Levy -- 6. Inequality, technological change and worldwide economic recovery / Carlos A. Rozo -- 7. Global disequilibria and the inequitable distribution of income / Alma Chapoy -- 8. Transformations of entrepreneurial capitalism, crises and the need for a radical change in economic policy / Hassan Bougrine and Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Part III -- Disequilibria in the Mexican economy: the export growth model, economic stagnation and labor precarization -- 9. The limits of the export led growth model: the Mexican experience / Etelberto Ortiz -- 10. The Mexican economy in 2014: between crisis, free trade, social devastation and labour precarization / Alejandro Álvarez and Sandra Martínez -- 11. The accumulation mode of production in Mexico and the economic structure of the manufacturing industry / Luis Kato -- Part IV -- Disequilibria in Mexico: the financial and fiscal trap -- 12. Economic growth and financial development in mexico: from a virtuous circle of a bi-directional causality to a financial subordination / Teresa López and Eufemia Basilio -- 13. Private ssector finance in the era of deregulation and economic openness: Mexico 2000-2014 / Christian Domínguez and Juan Marroquín -- 14. Pro-cyclical fiscal policy and the fiscal support of the Mexican monetary policy / Luis Á. Ortiz.
    Abstract: Europe and Latin America's social and economic stagnation is a direct result of the unresolved phenomena of the financialization crisis that broke out in 2008 in developed countries. Editors Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz analyze the limitations of economic growth and development under capitalist economic organizations where financial capital is dominant, as well as explore alternative economic policies. This book argues that institutional settings based on the international monetary market, the global production organization and the international commerce arrangements need to be redesigned to improve countries' economic growth, job opportunities and salaries. In order for economic disequilibria to be reduced among regions, countries and social classes, economic surplus appropriation must be regulated. Divided into four distinct thematic sections, the chapters discuss how income distribution must be re-evaluated in order to halt the economic crisis of developing countries in Europe and Latin America, and to boost a new cycle of economic growth and development. This critical discussion will be of value to economic scholars and researchers, policymakers wishing to learn more about the limitations of economic growth, as well as journalists specializing in economic issues
    Note: Contributors include: A. Álvarez, E. Basilio, R. Bellofiore, H. Bougrine, A. Chapoy, A. Cibils, C. Domínguez, F. Garibaldo, M. Guadalupe Huerta, L. Kato, N. Levy, T. López, J. Marroquín, S. Martínez, M. Mortagua, E. Ortiz, L.Á. Ortiz, G. Pinazo, L.-P. Rochon, C.A. Rozo, D. Tropeano. A. Vercelli , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785364761
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 178
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook on the history of economic analysis : schools of thought in economics ; Volume II (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785367366
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; volume 2: Schools of thought in economics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Schools of economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Antiquity / Bertram Schefold -- 2. Economic Thought in Scholasticism / Irina Chaplygina and André Lapidus -- 3. Cameralism / Keith Tribe -- 4. Mercantilism and the Science of Trade / Thierry Demals -- 5. French Enlightenment / Thierry Demals and Gilbert Faccarello -- 6. Italian Enlightenment / Pier Luigi Porta -- 7. Scottish Enlightenment / Anthony Brewer -- 8. British Classical Political Economy / Christian Gehrke -- 9. French Classical Political Economy / Alain Béraud -- 10. Bullionist and Anti-bullionist Schools / Jérôme de Boyer des Roches and Ricardo Solis Rosales -- 11. Banking and Currency Schools / Neil Skaggs -- 12. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in France / Michel Bellet -- 13. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Britain and the United States / Noel Thompson -- 14. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Germany and Austria / Günther Chaloupek -- 15. Marxism(s) / John E. King -- 16. German and Austrian school / Heinz D.Kurz -- 17. British Marginalism / John Creedy -- 18. Lausanne School / Roberto Baranzini and François Allisson -- 19. Historical Economics / Simon Cook and Keith Tribe -- 20. Institutionalism / Malcolm Rutherford -- 21. Russian School of Mathematical Economics / Andrey A. Belykh -- 22. Cambridge School of Economics / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and Annalisa Rosselli -- 23. Stockholm (Swedish) School / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 24. Chicago School / Ross B. Emmett -- 25. Monetarism / Arash Molavi Vasséi -- 26. New Classical Macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 27. Public Choice / Charles B. Blankart -- 28. Neo Ricardian Economics / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 29. Keynesianism / Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 30. Post-Keynesianism / Marc Lavoie -- 31. New Keynesianism / Corrado Benassi.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume II contains entries on the major schools of economic thought and analysis. These schools differ with regard to their 'vision' of the working of the economic system, the major forces and interactions that shape its path and the policy recommendations proposed. At any moment of time, several such schools typically compete with one another, striving for dominance within the economic and political discourse
    Note: Contributors include: F. Allisson, R. Baranzini, M. Bellet, A.A. Belykh, C. Benassi, A. Béraud, C.B. Blankart, A. Brewer, G. Chaloupek, I. Chaplygina, S. Cook, J. Creedy, J. de Boyer des Roches, T. Demals, R.B. Emmett, G. Faccarello, C. Gehrke, G.C. Harcourt, J.E. King, H.D. Kurz, A. Lapidus, M. Lavoie, M.C. Marcuzzo, A. Molavi Vasséi, P.L. Porta, A. Rosselli, M. Rutherford, N. Salvadori, B. Schefold, N.T. Skaggs, R. Solis Rosales, H.-P. Spahn, N. Thompson, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785367366
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 179
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Monopoly and competition policy : an Edward Elgar research review (2016)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785360794
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,248 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Competition ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Lysias (c. 386 B.C.), "Against the Corn Dealers." -- Case of Monopolies (1607), 11 Coke 84b-88b. The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-1266. -- Adam Smith (1776) An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London: Methuen. -- James Madison (1787), "The Federalist No. 10," in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.) (1961), The Federalist, Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 56-65. -- Henry C. Simons (1936), "The Requisites of Free Competition," American Economic Review, Supplement, 68-76. -- Ernst-Joachim Mestmäcker (1980), "Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations," Zeitschrift fuer die Gasamte Staatswissenschaft, September, 387-398. -- John Bates Clark (1900), "Trusts," Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-195. -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), "Private Monopolies and Public Rights," Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44. -- Robert Liefmann (1915), "Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy, Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-325. -- Richard T. Ely (1887), "The Future of Corporations," Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-266. -- Alfred Marshall (1980), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35. -- Jeriamiah W. Jenks (1900), The Trust Problem, New York: McClure, Phillips & Co. -- Eliot Jones (1920), "Is Competition in Industry Ruinous," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519. -- Kojiro Niino (1962), "The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition," Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62. -- Ruytaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. -- Robert H. Bork (1966), "Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act", Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48. -- Robert H. Lande (1989), "Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust," Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-644. -- Richard A. Posner (1975), "The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation," Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-827. -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), "Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-194.
    Abstract: James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), "Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?" Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37. -- Kurt Bloch (1932) "On German Cartels," Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-222. -- David B. Audretsch (1989), "Legalized Cartels in West Germany," Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600. -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), "The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act," Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-545. -- John M. Connor and Robert H. Lande (2012), "Cartels as Rational Business Strategy: Crime Pays," Cardozo Law Review, 34 (2), 101-157. -- John M. Connor (2000), Global Price Fixing, Boston: Kluwer. -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), "Characteristics of Collusive Firms," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-237. -- James P. Cairns (1964), "Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-240. -- R. W. Shaw and S. A. Shaw (1983), "Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66. -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), "Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan," in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-239. -- William H. Nicholls (1949), "The Tabacco Case of 1946," American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-296. -- Jesse Markham (1951), "The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership," American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905. -- F. M. Scherer (2015), "The Federal Trade Commission, Oligopoly, and Shared Monopoly," Review of Industrial Organization, 46, 5-23. -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), "Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217. -- F. M. Scherer (1987), "Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress," New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Standard Oil as a Technological Innovator," Review of Industrial Organization, 38, 225-233. -- George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), "The Cellophane Case and the New Competition," American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), "Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations," Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-1531. -- Erich Kaufer (1980), "The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition," Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-532.
    Abstract: Eleanor M. Fox (1986), "Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness," Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Abuse of Dominance by High Technology Enterprises: A Comparison of U.S. and E.C. Approaches," Economia e Politica Industriale (Journal of Industrial and Business Economics), March, 39-62. -- Richard E. Caves (1974), "International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets," Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November 1-34. -- Lester G. Telser (1966), "Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse," Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-270. -- Basil S. Yamey (1972), "Predtatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments," Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42. -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), "Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors," Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April 266-296. -- Phillip Areeda and Donald F. Turner (1975), "Predatory Pricing and Related Practices under Section 2 of the Sherman Act," Harvard Law Review, 88 (4), February, 697-733. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), "Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis," Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-II, VII, 284-315, 337-340. -- William J. Baumol (1979), "Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing," Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November 1-26. -- George J. Stigler (1950), "Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger," American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34. -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), "Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?" Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-118. -- Shaw Livermore (1935), "The Success of Industrial Mergers," Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96. -- Jürgen Müller (1976), "The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), 113-132. -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), "The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXIII (2), December, 165-177. -- Henry G. Manne (1965), "Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control," Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, April, 110-120. -- Richard E. Caves (1989), "Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight," International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-174. -- Ajit Singh (1971), Take-overs: Their Relevance to the Stock Market and the Theory of the Firm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), " Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs," American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36. -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15.
    Abstract: F. M. Scherer (2012), "Merger Efficiencies and Competition Policy," Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development conference paper, DAF/COMP/WD(2012). -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), "Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy," European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-550. -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), "Market Power in Antitrust Cases," Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-983. -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), "The Extent of the Market," Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-585. -- F. M. Scherer (2009), "On the Paternity of a Market Delineation Approach," American Antitrust Institute working paper 09-01, http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/content/aai-working-paper-no-09-01-paternity-market-delineation-approach. -- The Economist (2016), March, 23-28. -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), "Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages, " Journal of Law and Economics, XVII (2), October, 329-356. -- F. M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42 (4), Fall, 461-487. -- The Case of Monopolies', (1907), 11 Coke 84b-88b, The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-66 -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London, Methuen, Volume I, 63-4, 124-7, 130, Volume II, 245-6 -- James Madison (1961), 'The Federalist No. 10', in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.), The Federalist, Middletown, CT; Wesleyan University Press, 56-65 -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), 'Private Monopolies and Public Rights', Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44 -- Richard T. Ely (1887), 'The Future of Corporations', Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-66 -- Alfred Marshall (1890), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35 -- John Bates Clark (1900), 'Trusts', Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-95 -- Henry C. Simons (1936), 'The Requisites of Free Competition', American Economic Review, XXVI (1), March (Supplement), 68-76 -- Robert Liefmann (1915), 'Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-25 -- Eliot Jones (1920), 'Is Competition in Industry Ruinous', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519 -- Kojiro Niino (1962), 'The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition', Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62.
    Abstract: Ryutaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press, 297-301, notes and references -- Robert H. Bork (1966), 'Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48 -- Robert H. Lande (1989), 'Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust', Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-44 -- Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation', Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-27 -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), 'Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-94 -- James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), 'Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?', Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37 -- (1926), 'Against the Corn Dealers', Lysias, Classical Library, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 490-503 -- Kurt Bloch Dr. (1932), 'On German Cartels', Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-22 -- Emst-Joachim Mestmacker (1980), 'Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations', Zeitschrtfi filr die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 387-98, 404-7 -- David B. Audretsch (1989), 'Legalized Cartels in West Germany', Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600 -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), 'The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act', Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-45 -- James P. Cairns (1964), 'Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience', Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-40 -- R.W. Shaw and S.A. Shaw (1983), 'Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66 -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), 'Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan', in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-9 -- William H. Nicholls (1949), 'The Tobacco Case of 1946', American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-96 -- Jesse W. Markham (1951), 'The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership', American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905 -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), 'Characteristics of Collusive Firms', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-37 -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), 'Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217 -- F.M. Scherer (1987), 'Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress', New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019.
    Abstract: George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), 'The Cellophane Case and the New Competition', American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), 'Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations', Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-31 -- Erich Kaufer (1980), 'The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition', Zeitschrifi fir die Gesamte Staaiswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-32 -- Eleanor M. Fox (1986), 'Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness', Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020 -- Richard E. Caves (1974), 'International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets', Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November, 1-34 -- L.G. Telser (1966), 'Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-70 -- B.S, Yamey (1972), 'Predatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments', Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42 -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), 'Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April, 266-96 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), 'Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis', Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-H, VII, 284-315, 337-40 -- William J. Baumol (1979), 'Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing', Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November, 1-26 -- George J. Stigler (1950), 'Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger', American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34 -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), 'Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-18 -- Shaw Livermore (1935), 'The Success of Industrial Mergers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96 -- Jürgen Müller (1976), 'The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), December, 113-32 -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), 'The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXHI (2), December, 165-77 -- Henry G. Marine (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXHI, April, 110-20 -- Richard E. Caves (1989), 'Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-74 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), 'Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs', American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36 -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), 'Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy', European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-50.
    Abstract: William M. Landes and vRichard A. Posner (1981), 'Market Power in Antitrust Cases', Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-83 -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), 'The Extent of the Market', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-85 -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15 -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), 'Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages', Journal of Law and Economics, XVH (2), October, 329-56 -- F.M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42, Fall, 461-87.
    Abstract: This review draws on a collection of seminal writings dealing with the development of competition policy in Europe, the United States and Japan. It begins by discussing the writings of leading philosophers and scholars on the rationale and desirability of competition in market economies. These interpretations range in time of origin from ancient Greece through to Adam Smith and James Madison to very recent contributions in the competition policy debate. Having established relevant philosophical foundations, the review offers analyses by leading British, American, German and Japanese scholars on the interpretation and administration of laws concerning price-fixing and other restrictive agreements, market dominance and monopolization, predatory practices and mergers
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785360794
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 180
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The global south after the crisis : growth, inequality and development in the aftermath of the great recession (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783474318
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The global south after the crisis
    DDC: 330.9051
    RVK:
    QG 020
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftslage ; Finanzpolitik ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Financial crises ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Finanskriser ; Ulandsøkonomi ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise ; Entwicklungsländer ; Geschichte 2008-2009
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The impacts of the 2008 global financial crisis on developing countries: the case of the 15 most affected countries / Hasan Cömert and Esra Nur Uğurlu -- 2. A tale of two worlds? income distribution and the global crisis: observations from the north/south nexus / Serdal Bahçe and Ahmet Haşim Köse -- 3. Central banking in developing countries after the crisis: what has changed? / Ahmet Benlialper and Hasan Cömert -- 4. Monetary transmission in Africa: a review of official sources / Rex A. McKenzie -- 5. Commodities economy in times of crisis: Bolivia after the global financial meltdown / Orlando Justo and Juan E. Santarcángelo -- 6. The Brazilian economy after the 2008 global financial crisis: the end of the macroeconomic tripod's golden age / Marcos Reis, Andre De Melo Modenesi and Rui Lyrio Modenesi -- 7. The global financial crisis: impact and response from Malaysia / Shankaran Nambiar -- 8. The impacts of the global crisis on the Turkish economy, and policy responses / Hasan Cömert and Mehmet Selman Çolak.
    Abstract: The Global South after the Crisis is an appraisal and analysis of how the Great Recession of 2008 to 2009 unfolded in the developing world and an exploration of its effects on those countries, particularly on each one's economic management. Essays identify the ways in which the crisis was transmitted to these countries and the associated policy responses of the governments concerned. This volume is split into two accessible sections. The first part concentrates on the impact of the crisis on growth, inequality, policy responses and policy shifts in key areas such as central banking. The second part comprises individual country case studies and includes an exploration of the vulnerabilities related to the integration of developing economies into the world economy. This well-integrated compilation of both original case studies and thematic essays will be of interest to scholars and professionals working in the development field and other readers wishing to obtain an understanding of socio-economic developments in the wider world. Aid workers, policy makers, and social science researchers will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, A. Benlialper, M.S. Çolak, H. Cömert, A. de Melo Modenesi, O. Justo, A.H. Kös, R.A. McKenzie, R.L. Modenesi, S. Nambiar, M. Reis, J.E. Santarcángelo, E.N. Ugurlu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783474318
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 181
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Economic catch-up and technological leapfrogging : the path to development and macroeconomic stability in Korea (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785367939
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (392 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lee, Keun, 1960 - Economic catch-up and technological leapfrogging
    RVK:
    QG 870
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Technologietransfer ; Wirtschaftslage ; Südkorea ; Small business ; Korea (South) Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Korea ; Makroökonomie ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I catch-up and leapfrogging at the economy level -- 2. Historical origins and initial conditions for economic catch-up (with H.Y. Lee) -- 3. Korean model of catch-up development: a 'capability-based view' -- 4. Intellectual property rights and technological catch up -- 5. From miracle to crisis and the mirage of the post-crisis reform (with Chung Lee) -- 6. Maintaining macro stability for a crisis-resilient growth in Korea (with H. Kim, H.S. Song and J. Kim) -- 7. Is leapfrogging-style reform possible in North Korea (with B.Y. Kim and I.S. Yee)-- Part II catch-up and leapfrogging at the sector level -- 8. Catch-up and leapfrogging in the 6 sectors in the 1980s and 1990s (with C. Lim) -- 9. Digital technology as a window of opportunity for leapfrogging: display industry (with C. Lim and W. Song) -- 10. Technological catch-up in capital goods sector (with Y. Kim) -- Part III catch-up and internationalization by big businesses and the SMEs -- 11. Samsung, created in Korea and replicated overseas (with X. He) -- 12. Moving factories overseas and impacts on domestic jobs: case of Samsung (with M. Jung) -- 13. Catch-up and path-creating by SMEs: from OEM to OBM (with J. Kwak and J.Y. Song) -- 14. Sequential internationalization of the Korean SMEs in China (with H. Lee and J. Kwak).
    Abstract: This book elaborates upon the dynamic changes to Korean firms and the economy from the perspective of catch-up theory. The central premise of the book is that a latecomer's sustained catch-up is not possible by simply following the path of the forerunners but by creating a new path or 'leapfrogging'. In this sense, the idea of catch-up distinguishes itself from traditional views that focus on the role of the market or the state in development. The author provides a comprehensive account of the micro and macro level changes, deals with both firm- and country-level capabilities, and explores the issue of macroeconomic stability to overcome financial crisis. The book demonstrates that at the firm level the focus is on innovation capabilities, diversification, internationalization and job creation. It goes on to examine the rise and upgrading of big businesses, such as Samsung, as well as the global success of SMEs. Comprehensive and illuminating, this is an ideal book for students, academics and researchers interested in the economics of development and technological innovation. It will also be a valuable source book for policy makers in international development agencies, governments and the public sector
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785367939
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 182
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Regulation and governance of financial institutions (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784719548
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,664 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 320
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Keywords: Bankenregulierung ; Corporate Governance ; Bankmanagement ; Financial institutions Management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Stephen A. Buser, Andrew H. Chen and Edward J. Kane (1981), 'Federal Deposit Insurance, Regulatory Policy, and Optimal Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, XXXVI (1), March, 51-60 -- Michael C. Keeley (1990), 'Deposit Insurance, Risk, and Market Power in Banking', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1183-200 -- Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Enrica Detragiache (2002), 'Does Deposit Insurance Increase Banking System Stability? An Empirical Investigation', Journal of Monetary Economics, 49 (7), October, 1373-406 -- Michael Koehn and Anthony M. Santomero (1980), 'Regulation of Bank Capital and Portfolio Risk', Journal of Finance, XXXV (5), December, 1235-44 -- Daesik Kim and Anthony M. Santomero (1988), 'Risk in Banking and Capital Regulation', Journal of Finance, XLIII (5), December, 1219-33 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, LV (6), 2431-65 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'Is the Glass-Steagall Act Justified? A Study of the U.S. Experience with Universal Banking Before 1933', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 810-32 -- Jith Jayaratne and and Philip E. Strahan (1996), 'The Finance-Growth Nexus: Evidence from Bank Branch Deregulation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 111 (3), August, 639-70 -- Thomas F. Hellman, Kevin C. Murdock and Joseph E. Stiglitz (2000), 'Liberalization, Moral Hazard in Banking, and Prudential Regulation: Are Capital Requirements Enough?', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 147-65 -- Anjan V. Thakor (1996), 'Capital Requirements, Monetary Policy, and Aggregate Bank Lending: Theory and Empirical Evidence', Journal of Finance, LI (1), March, 279-324 -- Viral V. Acharya (2009), 'A Theory of Systemic Risk and Design of Prudential Bank Regulation', Journal of Financial Stability, 5 (3), September, 224-55 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2004), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best?', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13 (2), April, 205-48 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2013), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision in 180 Countries from 1999 to 2011', Journal of Financial Economic Policy, 5 (2), 111-219 -- Anthony Saunders, Elizabeth Strock and Nickolaos G. Travlos (1990), 'Ownership Structure, Deregulation, and Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Finance, XLV (2), June, 643-54 -- Gerard Caprio, Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2007), 'Governance and Bank Valuation', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 16 (4), October, 584-617 -- Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2009), 'Bank Governance, Regulation and Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 93 (2), August, 259-75 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2002), 'Government Ownership of Banks', Journal of Finance, LVII (1), February, 265-301 -- Gary Gorton and Richard Rosen (1995), 'Corporate Control, Portfolio Choice, and the Decline of Banking', Journal of Finance, L (5), December, 1377-420.
    Abstract: Joel F. Houston and Christopher James (1995), 'CEO Compensation and Bank Risk. Is Compensation in Banking Structured to Promote Risk Taking?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 36 (2), 405-31 -- Kose John, Anthony Saunders and Lemma W. Senbet (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Regulation and Management Compensation', Review of Financial Studies, 13 (1), January, 95-125 -- Renée B. Adams and Hamid Mehran (2012), 'Bank Board Structure and Performance: Evidence for Large Bank Holding Companies', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 243-67 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach and René M. Stulz (2011), 'Bank CEO Incentives and the Credit Crisis', Journal of Financial Economics, 99 (1), January, 11-26 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach, Robert Prilmeier and René M. Stulz (2012), 'This Time Is the Same: Using Bank Performance in 1998 to Explain Bank Performance during the Recent Financial Crisis', Journal of Finance, LXVII (6), December, 2139-85 -- Takeo Hoshi, Anil Kashyap and David Scharfstein (1991), 'Corporate Structure, Liquidity, and Investment: Evidence from Japanese Industrial Groups', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (1), February, 33-60 -- Gary Gorton and Frank A. Schmid (2000), 'Universal Banking and the Performance of German Firms', Journal of Financial Economics, 58 (1-2), 29-80 -- Allen N. Berger, Anthony Saunders, Joseph M. Scalise and Gregory F. Udell (1988), 'The Effects of Bank Mergers and Acquisitions on Small Business Lending', Journal of Financial Economics, 50 (2), November, 187-229 -- Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1991), 'The Dominance of Inefficiencies Over Scale and Product Mix Economies in Banking', Journal of Monetary Economics, 28 (1), August, 117-48 -- John H. Boyd and David E. Runkle (1993), 'Size and Performance of Banking Firms: Testing the Predictions of Theory', Journal of Monetary Economics, 31 (1), February, 47-67 -- John H. Boyd and Gianni De Nicoló (2005), 'The Theory of Bank Risk Taking and Competition Revisited', Journal of Finance, LX (2), June, 1329-43 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), 497-513 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2001), 'Liquidity Risk, Liquidity Creation, and Financial Fragility: A Theory of Banking', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (2), April, 287-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998) 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (1997), 'Contagion and Bank Failures During the Great Depression: The June 1932 Chicago Banking Panic', American Economic Review, 87 (5), December, 863-83 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- Donald P. Morgan (2002), 'Rating Banks: Risk and Uncertainty in an Opaque Industry', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 874-88 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Financial Intermediation, Loanable Funds, and the Real Sector', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXII (3), August, 663-91.
    Abstract: Andrea Beltratti and René M. Stulz (2012), 'The Credit Crisis Around the Globe: Why Did Some Banks Perform Better?', Journal of Financial Economics, 105 (1), July, 1-17 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez de Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and Finance', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 -- Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Ross Levine (2003), 'Law, Endowments, and Finance', Journal of Financial Economics, 70 (2), November, 137-81 -- Raghuram G. Rajan and Luigi Zingales (2003), 'The Great Reversals: The Politics of Financial Development in the Twentieth Century', Journal of Financial Economics, 69 (1), July, 5-50 -- Benjamin C. Esty (1998), 'The Impact of Contingent Liability on Commercial Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 47 (2), February, 189-218 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Philip E. Strahan (1999), 'What Drives Deregulation? Economics and Politics of the Relaxation of the Bank Branching Restrictions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (4), November, 1437-67 -- Asim Ijaz Khwaja and Atif Mian (2005), 'Do Lenders Favor Politically Connected Firms? Rent Provision in an Emerging Financial Market', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (4), November, 1371-411 -- I. Serdar Dinç (2005), 'Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Markets', Journal of Financial Economics, 77 (2), August, 453-79 -- Noel Maurer and Stephen Haber (2007), 'Related Lending and Economic Performance: Evidence from Mexico', Journal of Economic History, 67 (3), September, 551-81 -- Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales (2010), 'Paulson's Gift', Journal of Financial Economics, 97 (3), September, 339-68 -- Emmanuel Farhi and Jean Tirole (2012), 'Collective Moral Hazard, Maturity Mismatch, and Systemic Bailouts', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 60-93 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739.
    Abstract: This research review contains fifty influential articles published over the past four decades on the regulation and governance of financial institutions. Some contribute by making theoretical advances that enhance the conceptual framework through which economists view financial institutions, and others contribute by assembling data and evaluating the predictions of these different models. Including an original introduction, the papers provide a foundation for understanding and conducting additional research into the regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784719548
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 183
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Innovation systems for development : making research and innovation in developing countries matter (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783473830
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Innovation systems for development
    Keywords: 2000-2010 ; Technologiepolitik ; Entwicklungsindikator ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklungsländer ; Bolivien ; Vietnam ; Tansania ; Mosambik ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Entwicklungsländer ; Innovationsförderung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Science, technology and innovation for whom? / Bo Göransson -- 2. The socio-economic context and the millennium development goals / Claes Brundenius -- 3. Emerging innovation systems in developing countries: Bolivia, Vietnam, Tanzania and Mozambique / Claes Brundenius, Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Tran Ngoc Ca, Bitrina Diyamett and Maximiano Dgedge -- 4. The national innovation system in Bolivia and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Javier Aliaga Lordeman, Ignacio Garrón Védia and Raúl Rubín De Célis Cedro -- 5. The national innovation system in Vietnam and its relevance for development / Tran Ngoc Ca -- 6. The national innovation system in Tanzania and its relevance for development / Bitrina Diyamett, Heric Thomas, Lanta Daniel, Justine Liberio and Carlos Aguirre-Bastos -- 7. The national innovation system in Mozambique and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Sérgio Chicumbe, Maximiano Dgedge, and Bo Göransson -- 8. Making research matter: a synthesis of survey findings / Bo Göransson.
    Abstract: The rise and expansion of organized scientific research has led individuals to become accustomed to an unceasing delivery of new scientific results and technical improvements that resolve even seemingly unsolvable problems. This timely book examines how science-based research and innovation is designed, implemented and applied in developing countries in support of development and poverty alleviation. The expert contributors trace and compare the emergence of national innovation systems (NIS) in four developing countries - Bolivia, Mozambique, Tanzania and Vietnam. Dedicated chapters on each country identify the main structural and organizational problems for improving the relevance and quality of research output for the productive sector, and conclude by offering suggestions on how the process of applying research outputs and innovations in support of development goals can be improved. Scholars and students of development, innovation and related subjects will find this book, with its focus on national innovation systems, to be useful. It will also be of interest to policy advisors, decision makers and other practitioners involved in development issues
    Note: Contributors include: C. Aguirre-Bastos, C. Brundenius, T.N. Ca, S. Chicumbe, L. Daniel, R.R. de Celis Cedró, M. Dgedge, B. Diyamett, B. Göransson, J. Liberio, J.A. Lordeman, H. Thomas, I.G. Védia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783473830
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 184
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The international monetary system and the theory of monetary systems (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786430304
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: International finance ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part I basic statements and analyses -- 1. The concept of nation -- 2. The theory of exchange -- 3. Equilibrium and disequilibrium -- 4. The demand for money -- 5. Money creation -- 6. The exchange rate -- 7. An overview of monetary systems and exchange rate regimes -- Part II the balance of payments -- 8. The accounting approach to the balance of payments -- 9. The economic approach to the balance of payments -- 10. Lessons from the analysis of the balance of payments -- Part III international monetary equilibrium in modern monetary systems -- 11. Money creation in hierarchical systems -- 12. Inflation, a monetary phenomenon -- 13. The formation of international prices -- 14. General principles about the working of fixed exchange rate systems and flexible exchange rate systems -- 15. The monetary approach to the balance of payments (under fixed exchange rates) -- 16. The processes of transmission between monetary systems under fixed exchange rates -- 17. International monetary equilibrium under fixed exchange rates -- 18. The monetary approach to exchange rate variations -- 19. The devaluation -- Part IV monetary problems -- 20. The very long term evolution of monetary systems -- 21. The working of fixed rate systems without an international currency -- 22. Monetary policy and monetary crises -- 23. Monetary integration in Europe -- Conclusion: the future of monetary systems.
    Abstract: Monetary problems are important and widely debated, but the complexity of the international monetary system and the disparate systems that make it up gives rise to many fallacies about the inner workings of these systems. When shared by those who decide economic and monetary policies, these fallacies can have damaging consequences. This book provides a rigorous and approachable analysis of these systems and consequences, providing the keys to untangling and understanding their mechanisms and influence. A clear understanding of the working of monetary systems becomes an indispensable decision-making tool when it comes to pressing questions about reform and issues of global debate such as whether a country should join (or leave) the Eurozone or attempts to cure the so-called 'balance of payments problems'. Starting from basic concepts, Pascal Salin progressively builds upon his analysis of monetary systems in a coherent and easily readable way, drawing on the most reliable theoretical contributions from research and giving examples of lessons that can be drawn from this rigorous examination of topics including devaluations, fixed and flexible exchange rates, monetary integration, monetary crises, monetary policy, and more. His clear, orderly style pares down accumulated details and theories to leave a concise and usable toolkit for analysis and action. This book makes it possible for anyone, starting from scratch, to come to a comprehensive understanding of the working of monetary systems. Students and scholars in economics as well as policy makers and practitioners will find this lucid volume an important resource and reference, as it provides intellectual instruments to evaluate the working of any monetary system
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786430304
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Aggregate demand, inequality and instability (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786433053
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ferri, Piero, 1942 - Aggregate demand, inequality and instability
    DDC: 339.4
    RVK:
    QC 110
    RVK:
    QC 330
    Keywords: Makroökonomisches Modell ; Einkommensverteilung ; Vermögensverteilung ; Konjunktur ; Theorie ; Income distribution ; Distribution (Economic theory) ; Equality ; Income distribution ; Macroeconomics ; Electronic books ; Makroökonomie ; Gesamtwirtschaftliche Nachfrage ; Einkommensverteilung ; Soziale Ungleichheit ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I: basic concepts -- 2. Piketty's contribution -- 3. Measurement -- 4. Inequality and aggregate demand -- Part II: endogenous dynamics and instability -- 5. Aggregate demand, growth and instability -- 6. Wealth, public debt and instability -- 7. Recursive workhorses -- Part III: the macro inference of inequality -- 8. Rent, wealth and bubbles -- 9. A model with heterogeneous supply -- 10. Wealth and capital gains in financial markets -- Part IV: inequality, finance and instability -- 11. Inequality and the financial instability hypothesis -- 12. Instability in a regime switching model -- Part V: concluding remarks -- 13. A summary -- 14. The challenges.
    Abstract: This book studies the relationships between aggregate demand, inequality and instability. It extends the traditional approach by introducing wealth and inequality into a dynamic macroeconomic model. Furthermore, it examines the role that debt and financial instability can play in turbulent times such as the Great Recession and its aftermath. Unlike Piketty, the author analyses the relationships between instability and inequality, and the feedbacks from the latter to the former, in a system approach where real and monetary factors interact to generate complex patterns. The book does not discover 'iron laws' because the results depend on the nature of the model, the values of the parameters and the policy pursued. However, the role of inequality is proven to play a decisive role in shaping dynamics. Finally, the author discusses the link between medium and long-run problems, and the challenges that remain to be faced. Piero Ferri's original application of economic principles to the topic of inequality will make this book essential reading for all economists, particularly those of a macro orientation
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786433053
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 186
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The economics of sovereign debt (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785360589
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v. (2,608 p.))) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics 327
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of sovereign debt
    Keywords: Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Debts, Public ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert J. Barro (1974), 'Are Government Bonds Net Wealth?', Journal of Political Economy, 82 (6), November-December, 1095-117 -- Robert J. Barro (1979), 'On the Determination of the Public Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (5, Part 1), October, 940-71 -- Martin Feldstein (1985), 'Debt and Taxes in the Theory of Public Finance', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (2), November, 233-45 -- Jonathan Eaton and Mark Gersovitz (1981), 'Debt with Potential Repudiation: Theoretical and Empirical Analysis', Review of Economic Studies, XLVII (2), April, 289-309 -- Jonathan Eaton, Mark Gersovitz and Joseph E. Stiglitz (1986), 'The Pure Theory of Country Risk', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 481-513 -- Herschel I. Grossman and John B. Van Huyck, (1988), 'Sovereign Debt as a Contingent Claim: Excusable Default, Repudiation, and Reputation', American Economic Review, 78 (5), December, 1088-97 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'Sovereign Debt: Is to Forgive to Forget?', American Economic Review, 79 (1), March, 43-50 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'A Constant Recontracting Model of Sovereign Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (1), February, 155-78 -- Harold L. Cole and Patrick J. Kehoe (1998), 'Models of Sovereign Debt: Partial Versus General Reputations', International Economic Review, 39 (1), February, 55-70 -- Kenneth M. Kletzer and Brian D. Wright (2000), 'Sovereign Debt as Intertemporal Barter', American Economic Review, 90 (3), June, 621-39 -- John M. Veitch (1986), 'Repudiations and Confiscations by the Medieval State', Journal of Economic History, 46 (1), March, 31-6 -- J. Bradford De Long and Andrei Shleifer (1993), 'Princes and Merchants: European City Growth Before the Industrial Revolution', Journal Of Law and Economics, XXXVI (2), October, 671-702 -- James Conklin (1998), 'The Theory of Sovereign Debt and Spain under Philip II', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (3), June, 483-513 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2010), 'The Sustainable Debts of Philip II: A Reconstruction of Castile's Fiscal Position, 1566-1596', Journal of Economic History, 70 (4), December, 813-42 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Lending to the Borrower from Hell: Debt and Default in the Age of Philip II', Economic Journal, 121 (557), December, 1205-27, technical appendix -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Serial Defaults, Serial Profits: Returns to Sovereign Lending in Habsburg Spain, 1566-1600', Explorations in Economic History, 48 (1), January, 1-19 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2015), 'Risk Sharing with the Monarch: Contingent Debt and Excusable Defaults in the Age of Philip II, 1556-1598', Cliometrica, 9 (1), January, 49-75 -- Earl J. Hamilton (1947), 'Origin and Growth of the National Debt in Western Europe', American Economic Review, 37 (2), May, 118-30 -- David R. Weir (1989), 'Tontines, Public Finance, and Revolution in France and England, 1688-1789', Journal of Economic History, 49 (1), March, 95-124.
    Abstract: Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutional Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- David Stasavage (2002), 'Credible Commitment in Early Modern Europe: North and Weingast Revisited', Journal of Law Economics and Organization, 18 (1), April, 155-86 -- Kenneth A. Schultz and Barry R. Weingast (2003), 'The Democratic Advantage: Institutional Foundations of Financial Power in International Competition', International Organization, 57 (1), Winter, 3-42 -- Sebastian M. Saiegh (2005), 'Do Countries Have a 'Democratic Advantage"?: Political Institutions, Multilateral Agencies, and Sovereign Borrowing', Comparative Political Studies, 38 (4), May, 366-87 -- David Stasavage (2007), 'Cities, Constitutions, and Sovereign Borrowing in Europe, 1274-1785', International Organization, 61 (3), July, 489-525 -- Candace C. Archer, Glen Biglaiser and Karl DeRouen Jr. (2007), 'Sovereign Bonds and the 'Democratic Advantage": Does Regime Type Affect Credit Rating Agency Ratings in the Developing World?', International Organization, 61 (2), April, 341-65 -- Glen Biglaiser and Joseph L. Staats (2012), 'Finding the 'Democratic Advantage" in Sovereign Bond Ratings: The Importance of Strong Courts, Property Rights Protection, and the Rule of Law', International Organization, 66 (3), July, 515-35 -- Emanuel Kohlscheen (2007), 'Why Are There Serial Defaulters? Evidence from Constitutions', Journal of Law and Economics, 50 (4), November, 713-30 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo and Leonardo Martinez (2010), 'The Politics of Sovereign Defaults', Economic Quarterly, 96 (3), Third Quarter, 291-317 -- Atif Mian, Amir Sufi and Francesco Trebbi (2014), 'Resolving Debt Overhangs: Political Constraints in the Aftermath of Financial Crises', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 6 (2), April, 1-28 -- Mark Dincecco (2010), 'The Political Economy of Fiscal Prudence in Historical Perspective', Economics and Politics, 22 (1), March, 1-36 -- Michael D. Bordo (1999), 'International Rescues versus Bailouts: A Historical Perspective', Cato Journal, 18 (3), Winter, 363-75 -- John Joseph Wallis (2000), 'American Government Finance in the Long Run: 1790 to 1990', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 14 (1), Winter, 61-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Vincent R. Reinhart (2015), 'Financial Crises, Development, and Growth: A Long-Term Perspective', World Bank Economic Review, Annual Bank Conference on Development Economics 'The Role of Theory in Development Economics" June 2-3, 2014 Washington D.C., 29 (Supplement 1), April, S57-S76 -- Carmen M. Reinhart, Vincent R. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2012), 'Public Debt Overhangs: Advanced-Economy Episodes Since 1800', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 69-86 -- Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2012), 'Credit Booms Gone Bust: Monetary Policy, Leverage Cycles, and Financial Crises, 1870-2008', American Economic Review, 102 (2), April, 1029-61 -- Michael D. Bordo and Eugene N. White (1991), 'A Tale of Two Currencies: British and French Finance During the Napoleonic Wars', Journal of Economic History, 51 (2), June, 303-16 -- Marc Flandreau and Juan H. Flores (2009), 'Bonds and Brands: Foundations of Sovereign Debt Markets, 1820-1830', Journal of Economic History, 69 (3), September, 646-84 -- Gerardo della Paolera and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Sovereign Debt in Latin America, 1820-1913', Revista de Historia Económica/Journal of Iberian and Latin American Economic History, 31 (2), September, 173-217.
    Abstract: Richard Sicotte, Catalina Vizcarra and Kirsten Wandschneider (2010), 'Military Conquest and Sovereign Debt: Chile, Peru and the London Bond Market, 1876-1890', Cliometrica, 4 (3), October, 293-319 -- Marc D. Weidenmier (2005), 'Gunboats, Reputation, and Sovereign Repayment: Lessons from the Southern Confederacy', Journal of International Economics, 66 (2), July, 407-22 -- Michael D. Bordo and Hugh Rockoff (1992), 'The Gold Standard as a 'Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval"', Journal of Economic History, 56 (2), June, 389-428 -- Niall Ferguson and Moritz Schularick (2006), 'The Empire Effect: The Determinants of Country Risk in the First Age of Globalization, 1880-1913', Journal of Economic History, 66 (2), June, 283-312 -- Theodore Roosevelt (1904) 'President Theodore Roosevelt's Annual Message to Congress', delivered December 6th, 1904 -- Kris Mitchener and Marc Weidenmier (2005), 'Empire, Public Goods, and the Roosevelt Corollary', Journal of Economic History, 65 (3), September, 658-92 -- Kris James Mitchener and Marc D. Weidenmier (2010), 'Supersanctions and Sovereign Debt Repayment', Journal of International Money and Finance, 29 (1), February, 19-36 -- Barry Eichengreen and Ricardo Hausmann (1999) 'Exchange Rates and Financial Fragility' in Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (eds.), New Challenges for Monetary Policy, 329-68 -- Michael D. Bordo and Christopher M. Meissner (2006), 'The Role of Foreign Currency Debt in Financial Crises: 1880-1913 versus 1972-1997', Journal of Banking and Finance, 30 (12), December, 3299-329 -- Lyndon Moore and Jakub Kaluzny (2005), 'Regime Change and Debt Default: The Case of Russia, Austro-Hungary, and the Ottoman Empire following World War One', Explorations in Economic History, 42 (2), April, 237-58 -- Kim Oosterlinck and John S. Landon-Lane (2006), 'Hope Springs Eternal - French Bondholders and the Soviet Repudiation (1915-1919)', Review of Finance, 10 (4), 507-35 -- Barry Eichengreen and Richard Portes (1986), 'Debt and Default in the 1930s: Causes and Consequences', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 599-640 -- Barry Eichengreen (1991), 'Historical Research on International Lending and Debt', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 149-69 -- Peter Boone and Simon Johnson (2014), 'Forty Years of Leverage: What Have We Learned About Sovereign Debt?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 266-71 -- Paolo Manasse and Nouriel Roubini (2009), ''Rules for Thumb' for Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of International Economics, 78 (2), July, 192-205 -- Bergljot Barkbu, Barry Eichengreen and Ashoka Mody (2012), 'Financial Crises and the Multilateral Response: What the Historical Record Shows', Journal of International Economics, 88 (2), November, 422-35 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1984), 'The International Debt Problem', Cato Journal, 4 (1), Sping/Summer, 63-9 -- Jeffrey Sachs (1986), 'Managing the LDC Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 397-431 -- Jeffrey Sachs and Harry Huizinga (1987), 'U.S. Commercial Banks and the Developing-Country Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 555-601.
    Abstract: Jeremy Bulow (2002), 'First World Governments and Third World Debt', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, No. 1, 229-55 -- Allan H. Meltzer (2004), 'Argentina 2002: A Case of Government Failure', Cato Journal, 23 (1), Spring/Summer, 29-31 -- Eugenio Andrea Bruno (2006), 'The Failure of Debt-Based Development: Lessons from Argentina', Cato Journal, 26 (2), Spring/Summer, 357-65 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo, Leonardo Martinez and Horacio Sapriza (2007), 'The Economics of Sovereign Default', Economic Quarterly, 93 (2), Spring, 163-87 -- Ugo Panizza, Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2009), 'The Economics and Law of Sovereign Debt and Default', Journal of Economic Literature, 47 (3), September, 651-98 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2013), 'Empirical Research on Debt and Default', Annual Review of Economics, 5, August, 247-72 -- Fernando Broner, Alberto Martin and Jaume Ventura (2010), 'Sovereign Risk and Secondary Markets', American Economic Review, 100 (4), September, 1523-55 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2007), 'Do Countries Default in 'Bad Times'?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 352-60 -- Edward I. Altman and Herbert A. Rijken (2011), 'Toward a Bottom-Up Approach to Assessing Sovereign Default Risk', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 23 (1), Winter, 20-31 -- Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2008), 'Haircuts: Estimating Investor Losses in Sovereign Debt Restructurings, 1998-2005', Journal of International Money and Finance, 27 (5), September, 780-805 -- Juan J. Cruces and Christoph Trebesch (2013), 'Sovereign Defaults: The Price of Haircuts', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 5 (3), July, 85-117 -- Miguel Fuentes and Diego Saravia (2010), 'Sovereign Defaulters: Do International Capital Markets Punish Them?', Journal of Development Economics, 91 (2), March, 336-47 -- Eduardo Levy Yeyati and Ugo Panizza (2011), 'The Elusive Costs of Sovereign Defaults', Journal of Development Economics, 94 (1), January, 95-105 -- Alberto Alesina and David Dollar (2000), 'Who Gives Foreign Aid to Whom and Why?', Journal of Economic Growth, 5 (1), March, 33-63 -- Alberto Alesina and Beatrice Weder (2002), 'Do Corrupt Governments Receive Less Foreign Aid?', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 1126-37 -- Craig Burnside and David Dollar (2000), 'Aid, Policies and Growth', American Economic Review, 90 (4), September, 847-68 -- Robert J. Barro and Jong-Wha Lee (2005), 'IMF Programs: Who is Chosen and What Are the Effects?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 52 (7), October, 1245-69 -- William Easterly (2002), 'How Did Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Become Heavily Indebted? Reviewing Two Decades of Debt Relief', World Development, 30 (10), October, 1677-96 -- Serkan Arslanalp and Peter Blair Henry (2005), 'Is Debt Relief Efficient?', Journal of Finance, LX (2), April, 1017-51.
    Abstract: Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2007), 'Creditors' Losses Versus Debt Relief: Results From a Decade of Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 343-51 -- Rutsel Silvestre J. Martha (1990), 'Preferred Creditor Status under International Law: The Case of the International Monetary Fund', International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 39 (4), October, 801-26 -- Raghuram G. Rajan (2005), 'Institutional Reform and Sovereign Debt Crises', Cato Journal, 25 (1), Winter, 17-24 -- Nouriel Roubini and Jeffrey Sachs (1989), 'Government Spending and Budget Deficits in the Industrial Countries', Economic Policy, 4 (8), April, 99-132 -- Marina Azzimonti, Eva de Francisco and Vincenzo Quadrini (2014), 'Financial Globalization, Inequality, and the Rising Public Debt', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2267-302 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739 -- Mark Aguiar, Manuel Amador, Emmanuel Farhi and Gita Gopinath (2014), 'Sovereign Debt Booms in Monetary Unions', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 101-6 -- Laurence J. Kotlikoff (2004), 'Fiscal Policy and the Future of the Euro', Cato Journal, 24 (1-2), Spring/Summer, 51-5 -- Jerome L. Stein (2011), 'The Diversity of Debt Crises in Europe', Cato Journal, 31 (2), Spring/Summer, 199-215 -- Philip R. Lane (2012), 'The European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 49-67 -- Kevin H. O'Rourke and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Cross of Euros', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27 (3), March, 167-91 -- John Beirne and Marcel Fratzscher (2013), 'The Pricing of Sovereign Risk and Contagion During the European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of International Money and Finance, 34, April, 60-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2010), 'Growth in a Time of Debt', American Economic Review, 100 (2), May, 573-78 -- Thomas Herndon, Michael Ash and Robert Pollin (2014), 'Does High Public Debt Consistently Stifle Economic Growth? A Critique of Reinhart and Rogoff', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 38 (2), December, 257-79 -- Ugo Panizza and Andrea F. Presbitero (2013), 'Public Debt and Economic Growth in Advanced Economies: A Survey', Swiss Journal of Economics in Statistics, 149 (2), 175-204 -- Anja Baum, Cristina Checherita-Westphal and Philipp Rother (2013), 'Debt and Growth: New Evidence from the Euro Area', Journal of International Money and Finance, 32, February, 809-21 -- Alan J. Auerbach, Jagadeesg Gokhale and Laurence J. Kotlikoff (1994), 'Generating Accounting: A Meaningful Way to Evaluate Fiscal Policy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (1), Winter, 73-94 -- Pierre Lemieux (2013), 'American and European Welfare States: Similar Causes, Similar Effects', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 227-32 -- Michael Tanner (2013), 'Is America Becoming Greece?', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 211-25.
    Abstract: John H. Cochrane (2011), 'Inflation and Debt', National Affairs, Fall, 56-78 -- Carmen Reinhart and M. Belen Sbrancia (2015), 'The Liquidation of Government Debt', Economic Policy, 30 (82), April, 291-333 -- James M. Buchanan (1986), 'The Ethics of Debt Default', in James M. Buchanan, Charles K. Rowley and Robert D. Tollison (eds.), Deficit, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 361-73 -- Geoffrey Brennan and Giuseppe Eusepi (2002), 'The Dubious Ethics of Debt Default', Public Finance Review, 30 (6), November, 546-61 -- Seema Jayachandran and Michael Kremer (2006), 'Odious Debt', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 82-92 -- Albert H. Choi and Eric A. Posner (2007), 'A Critique of the Odious Debt Doctrine', Law and Contemporary Problems, 70 (3), Summer, 33-51 -- Nouriel Roubini (2002), 'Do We Need a New Bankruptcy Regime?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1, 321-33 -- Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'Will the Sovereign Debt Market Survive?', American Economic Review, 93 (2), May, 85-90 -- Rohan Pitchford and Mark L. J. Wright (2012), 'Holdouts in Sovereign Debt Restructuring: A Theory of Negotiation in a Weak Contractual Environment', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (2), April, 812-37 -- Robert W. Kolb (2015), 'The Virtue of Vultures: Distressed Debt Investors in the Sovereign Debt Market', Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies, 40 (4), Winter, 368-412.
    Abstract: This extensive research review discusses more than one hundred of the very best and most influential scholarly articles on the sovereign debt of central governments around the world. It examines discussions of the debt of many emerging nations as well as the largest sovereign debtors in the world thus providing a thorough understanding of sovereign debt as seen by the best economists from around the world. This research review is an essential tool to libraries, academic institutions, economic scholars and students alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785360589
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 187
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Transaction cost economics : an Edward Elgar research review (2016)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786434760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transaction costs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E. Masten (1995), Transaction Cost Economics, Volume I: Theory and Concepts and Volume II: Policy and Applications, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Llewellyn, Karl (1931), 'What Price Contract? An Essay in Perspective', Yale Law Journal, 40 (May), 704-51 -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press -- Barnard, Chester (1938), The Functions of the Executive, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press (fifteenth printing, 1962) -- Coase, Ronald H. (1937), 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica N.S., 4, 386-405. Reprinted in Oliver E. Williamson and Sidney Winter (eds) (1991), The Nature of the Firm: Origins, Evolution, Development, New York: Oxford University Press, 18-33 -- Commons, John R. (1925), 'Law and Economics', Yale Law Journal, 34, 371-82. -- Hayek, Friedrich (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, 35 (4), September, 519-30 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1988), 'The Nature of the Firm: Influence', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 33-48 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3 (October), 1-44 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1969), 'The Organization of Economic Activity: Issues Pertinent to the Choice of Market Versus Nonmarket Allocation', in The Analysis and Evaluation of Public Expenditure: The PPB System, Vol. 1, U.S. Joint Economic Committee, 91st Congress, 1st Session. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 59-73 -- Matthews, R.C.O. (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Economic Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Hodgson, Geoffrey (1988), Economics and Institutions, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press -- Posner, Richard A. (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. (Reprinted in The Economics of Transaction Costs, Volume I, Edward Elgar) -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1974), The Limits of Organization (first edition), New York, NY, USA: W. W. Norton and Company Ltd. -- Simon, Herbert A. (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1971), 'The Vertical Integration of Production: Market Failure Considerations', American Economic Review, 61 (2), May, 112-23.
    Abstract: Klein, Benjamin, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Demsetz, Harold (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-62 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991a), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- Teece, David J. (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Penrose, Edith Tilton (1959), The Theory of Growth of the Firm, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. -- Klein, Benjamin and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1995), 'The Politics and Economics of Redistribution and Inefficiency', Greek Economic Review, 17 (2), December, 115-36 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Machiavelli, Niccolo (1952), The Prince, New York: New American Library -- Greif, Avner (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991b), 'Economic Institutions: Spontaneous and Intentional Governance', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 159-87 -- Dixit, Avinash (2003), 'Trade Expansion and Contract Enforcement', Journal of Political Economy, 111, December, 1293-317 -- Dixit, Avinash (2009), 'Governance Institutions and Economic Activity', American Economic Review, 99 (1), March, 5-24 -- Masten, Scott E. and Jens Prufer (2014), 'On the Evolution of Collective Enforcement Institutions: Communities and Courts', Journal of Legal Studies, 43 (2), June, 359-40 -- Kreps, David M. (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, 240-41 (notes) -- Grossman, Sanford J. and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Hart, Oliver and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1975) Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, A Study in the Economics of Internal Organization, New York: The Free Press.
    Abstract: Riordan, Michael H. (1990), 'What is Vertical Integration?', Chapter 5 in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1975), 'Vertical Integration and Communication', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (1), Spring, 173-83 -- Tirole, Jean (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Hart, Oliver E. (2009), 'Hold-up, Asset Ownership, and Reference Points', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (1), February, 267-300 -- Goldberg, Victor P. and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Masten, Scott E. (1988), 'Equity, Opportunism, and the Design of Contractual Relations', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 144 (1), February, 180-95 -- Klein, Benjamin (1992), 'Contracts and Incentives', in Lars Werin and Hans Wijkander (eds), Contract Economics, Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell, 149-72 -- Machlup, Fritz (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, 57 (1), March, 1-33 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1968), 'A Dynamic-Stochastic Theory of Managerial Behavior', in Almarin Phillips and Oliver Williamson (eds), Prices: Issues in Theory, Practice, and Public Policy, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, page numbers unavailable -- Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, 234-40 (notes) -- Tullock, Gordon (1967), 'The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopoly, and Theft', Western Economic Journal, 5 (3), June, 224-32 -- Krueger, Anne (1974), 'The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society', American Economic Review, 64 (3), June, 291-303 -- Schelling, Thomas C. (1960), The Strategy of Conflict, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press -- Barzel, Yoram (1982), 'Measurement Cost and the Organization of Markets', Journal of Law and Economics, 25 (1), April, 27-48 -- Holmstrom, Bengt and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Aoki, Masahiko (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991), 'Strategizing, Economizing, and Economic Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 12 (S2), Winter, 75-94 -- Hansmann, Henry (1988), 'Ownership of the Firm', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 267-304 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2008), 'Corporate Boards of Directors: In Principle and in Practice', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 24 (2), October, 247-72.
    Abstract: Williamson, Oliver E. (1988), 'Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance', Journal of Finance, 43, July, 567-91 -- Macher, Jeffrey T. and Barak D. Richman (2008), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: An Assessment of Empirical Research in the Social Sciences', Business and Politics, 10, 1-63 -- Klein, Peter G. and Howard A. Shelanski (1995), 'Empirical Research in Transaction Cost Economics: A Review and Assessment', Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, 11 (2), October, 335-61 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1996), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts Revisited: Lessons from Transaction Cost Economics for Public Utility Regulation', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 9 (1), January, 5-39 -- Masten, Scott E. (1996), Case Studies in Contracting and Organization, New York: Oxford University Press -- Lafontaine, Francine and Margaret Slade (2007), 'Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence', Journal of Economic Literature, 45 (3), September, 629-85 -- Simon, Herbert (1991), 'Organizations and Markets', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 25-44 -- Klein, Benjamin (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Coase, Ronald H. (2000), 'The Acquisition of Fisher Body by General Motors',Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 15-31 -- Coase, R.H. (2006), 'The Conduct of Economics: The Example of Fisher Body and General Motors', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 255-78 -- Chandler, Alfred D. and Stephen Salsbury (1971), Pierre S. Du Pont and the Making of the Modern Corporation, New York: Harper and Row -- Casadesus-Masanell, Ramon and Daniel Spulber, 2000, 'The Fable of Fisher Body', Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 67-104 -- Klein, B. (2007), 'The Economic Lessons of Fisher Body-General Motors', International Journal of the Economics of Business, 14 (1), February, 1-36 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Monteverde, Kirk and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Masten, Scott E. (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Anderson, Erin and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- John, George and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-50 -- Masten, Scott E., James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Synder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25.
    Abstract: Forbes, Silke and Mara Lederman (2009), 'Adaptation and Vertical Integration in the Airline Industry', American Economic Review, 99 (5), December, 1831-49 -- Palay, Thomas M. (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- Lyons, Bruce R. (1994), 'Contracts and Specific Investment: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Theory', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (2), June, 257-78 -- Mulherin, J. Harold (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Masten, Scott. E. and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Leffler, Keith B. and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Pirrong, Stephen Craig (1993), 'Contracting Practices in Bulk Shipping Markets: A Transactions Cost Explanation', Journal of Law and Economics, 36 (2), October, 937-76 -- Masten, Scott E. (2009), 'Long-Term Contracts and Short-Term Commitment: Price Determination for Heterogeneous Freight Transactions', American Law and Economics Review, 11, Spring, 79-111 -- Oyer, Paul (2004), 'Why Do Firms Use Incentives that Have no Incentive Effects?' Journal of Finance, 59 (4), August, 1619-50 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L. and Joanne E. Oxley (2013), 'Vertical Relationships, Hostages, Supplier Performance: Evidence from the Japanese Automotive Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 29, June, 495-513 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L, and Joanne E. Oxley (2006), Using Hostages to Support Exchange: Dependence Balancing and Equity Ties in Japanese Automotive Supply Relationships', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 22 (1), April, 213-33 -- Demsetz, Harold (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?' Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), 55-65 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Goldberg, Victor P. (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- Priest, George L. (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Levy, Brian and Pablo T. Spiller (1994), 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 201-46 -- Spiller, Pablo T. (2012), 'Transaction Cost Regulation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 89, May, 232-42.
    Abstract: Bajari, Patrick, Robert McMillan and Steven Tadelis (2009), 'Auctions versus Negotiations in Procurement: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 25 (2), October, 372-99 -- Bajari, Patrick, Stephanie Houghton and Steven Tadelis (2014), 'Bidding for Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Adaptation Costs', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1831-49 -- North, Douglass C. and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Weingast, Barry R. and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Gely, Rafael and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1988), 'Mitigating Contractual Hazards: Unilateral Options and Contract Length', RAND Journal of Economics, 19 (3), Autumn, 327-43 -- Joskow, Paul (1991), 'The Role of Transaction Costs Economics in Antitrust and Public Utility Regulatory Policies', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 55-87 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Kenney, Roy W. and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Masten, Scott E. and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70 -- Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis (1995), 'Path-dependence, Lock-in, and History', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 11 (1), April, 205-26 -- Furubotn, Eirik G. and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-98 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2010), 'Transaction Cost Economics: The Natural Progression', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 673-90 -- Ramseyer, J. Mark (1991), 'Indentured Prostitution in Imperial Japan: Credible Commitments in the Commercial Sex Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7 (1), Spring, 89-116 -- Cohen, Dara K., Mariano-Florentino Cuellar, and Barry R. Weingast (2006), 'Crisis Bureaucracy: Homeland Security and the Political Design of Legal Mandates', Stanford Law Review, 59 (3), 673-760 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Kenneth J. Reynolds (1993), 'The Efficiency of Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Air Force Engine Procurement', RAND Journal of Economics, 24(1) (Spring), 126-146.
    Abstract: Nickerson, Jackson A. and Brian S. Silverman (2003), 'Why Aren't All Truck Drivers Owner-Operators? Asset Ownership and the Employment Relation in Interstate for-hire Trucking', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 12 (1), Spring, 91-118 -- Arruñada, Benito, Manuel Gonzalez-Dıaz and Alberto Fernandez (2004), 'Determinants of Organizational Form: Transaction Costs and Institutions in the European Trucking Industry', Industrial and Corporate Change, 13 (6), December, 867-82 -- Baumol, William J. and J. Gregory Sidak (1994), Toward Competition in Local Telephony, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Masten, Scott E. (2011), 'Public Utility Ownership in 19th-Century America: The 'Aberrant" Case of Water', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 27(3), October, 604-654 -- Masten, Scott E. (2006), 'Authority and Commitment: Why Universities, Like Legislatures, Are Not Organized As Firms', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (3), Fall, 649-84 -- Wright, Joshua D. (2010), 'The Chicago School, Transaction Cost Economics and Antitrust', in Peter G. Klein and Michael E. Sykuta (eds), The Elgar Companion to Transaction Cost Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 230-43 -- R.H. Coase (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 59-73 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1974), 'Organization and Information', in The Limits of Organization, New York: W.W. Norton, 33-43 -- Herbert A. Simon (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Benjamin Klein, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1991), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Benjamin Klein and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Avner Greif (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719.
    Abstract: Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Michael H. Riordan (1990), 'What Is Vertical Integration?', in Masahiko Aoki , Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 5, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Jean Tirole (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Jean Tirole (ed.), The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, notes 234-40 -- David M. Kreps (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, notes 240-41 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Masahiko Aoki (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (eds), The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Richard A. Posner (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Ronald H. Coase (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-8 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Benjamin Klein (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Paul L. Joskow (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Scott E. Masten (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Erin Anderson and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', Rand Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- George John and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-55.
    Abstract: Scott E. Masten, James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Snyder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Thomas M. Palay (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Victor P. Goldberg and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Paul L. Joskow (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- J. Harold Mulherin (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Scott E. Masten and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Keith B. Leffler and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Keith J. Crocker and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Victor P. Goldberg (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- George L. Priest (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Brian Levy and Pablo T. Spiller, 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', now published in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 1994, 201-46 -- Barry R. Weingast and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Rafael Gely and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Roy W. Kenney and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Scott E. Masten and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70.
    Abstract: Transaction cost economics began to take shape about 25 years ago. Although 25 years is comparatively young in the analytical scheme of things, numerous applications have been made and more are in prospect. Volume I deals with theory and concepts and volume II deals with applications and policy. This is an important selection of key articles on transaction cost economics by distinguished scholars including Ronald Coase, Herbert Simon, Kenneth Arrow and Richard A. Posner. This research review addresses key areas such as private ordering and credibility, contracts and organization, internal organization, vertical integration and contracting
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786434760
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 188
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective : global returnees (2016)
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783479139
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliii, 300 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    QV 578
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Rückwanderung ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; Personnel management ; Creative ability in business ; Employee selection ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Returnees, talent and public policy: the case of China -- pt. II. A global perspective on entrepreneur, talent and entrepreneurship ecosystem.
    Abstract: Talent has become the most important resource for organizations across a wide range of sectors throughout the world including business, non-profit, and government. These organizations are now engaged in an increasingly fierce competition to acquire the best talent as they seek to gain the upper hand in today's fast changing environment. By combining the body of knowledge on entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective, this book provides a synthesized understanding of entrepreneurial mobility and talent management in the entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystem. The expert contributors combine empirical evidence and case studies to provide a nuanced understanding of global talent management from an international comparative perspective. The topics discussed include China's return migration and its impact on Chinese development, local engagement and transformation of Chinese communities in England, and reverse migration from the US to China. Furthermore, from a comparative perspective, contributors examine global talent and entrepreneurial mobility in the contexts of Silicon Valley, European university spin-off practices and entrepreneurial ecosystems in France, Italy, and South Korea, respectively. Scholars and students in entrepreneurship and talent management will find the scope for future research useful in their work. Entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers will benefit from the examination of global perspectives and different national contexts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783479139
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 189
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Entrepreneurship as organizing : selected papers of William B. Gartner (2016)
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781783476947
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gartner, William B. Entrepreneurship as organizing
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Unternehmensgründung ; Electronic books ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. A conceptual framework for describing the phenomenon of new venture creation -- 2. Did River City really need a boy's band -- 3. The Oz in organization -- 4. "Who is an entrepreneur?" is the wrong question -- 5. Properties of emerging organizations -- 6. A taxonomy of new business ventures -- 7. A profile of new venture success and failure in an emerging industry -- 8. What are we talking about when we talk about entrepreneurship? -- 9. Acting as if: differentiating entrepreneurial from organizational behavior -- 10. Words lead to deeds: towards an organizational emergence vocabulary -- 11. A longitudinal study of cognitive factors influencing start-up behaviors and success at venture creation -- 12. Exploring start-up event sequences -- 13. Predicting new venture survival : an analysis of "anatomy of start-up." Cases from INC. Magazine -- 14. The career reasons of nascent entrepreneurs -- 15. The language of opportunity -- 16. The effects of pre-venture plan timing and perceived environmental uncertainty on the persistence of emerging firms -- 17. A "critical mess" approach to entrepreneurship scholarship -- 18. Entrepreneurial narrative and a science of the imagination -- 19. Entrepreneurship as organizing -- 20. Opportunities as attributions : categorizing strategic issues from an atributional perspective -- 21. A new path to the waterfall : a narrative on a use of entrepreneurial narrative -- Conclusion: an 'entrefesto'.
    Abstract: This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes
    DOI: 10.4337/9781783476947
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 190
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of organizational politics : looking back and to the future (2016)
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784713492
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 414 p) , ill , cm
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Office politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Organizational behavior Handbooks, manuals, etc Political aspects ; Business and politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Political skill, political will, leadership and performance -- pt. Organizational politics and the social sphere -- pt. III. Between dark and bright : organizational politics in colors -- pt. IV. New frontiers : maturity, emotions and new methods.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Organizational Politics offers a broad perspective on the intriguing phenomena of power, influence and politics in the modern workplace; their meaning for individuals, groups and other organizational stakeholders; and their effect on organizational outcomes and performances. Comprising entirely of new chapters and insights, this second edition revisits the theory on organizational politics (OP) and examines its progress and changes in emphasis in recent years. This timely and informative book provides a comprehensive set of state-of-the-art studies on workplace politics based on experiences from around the world. The contributors highlight topics such as political skills, political will, politics and leadership, compensations, politics and performance, and politics and the learning climate. Students and scholars will benefit from the up-to-date collection of studies in the field of OP. This Handbook will also be of interest to practitioners and managers from public and private sectors looking for better explanations of internal processes in business
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784713492
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 191
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Evolution of family business : continuity and change in Latin America and Spain (2016)
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785363153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Evolution of family business
    DDC: 338.6/1
    RVK:
    QP 380
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Lateinamerika ; Spanien ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Comparative analysis -- pt. II: Large national markets and large family groups (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina) -- pt. III: Business families and politics in small and medium sized markets (Colombia, Costa Rica, Honduras) -- pt. IV: Business families between dictatorship And democracy (Spain, Peru, Chile): from narrow regulated markets to the global market.
    Abstract: Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book. Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book
    Note: Includes index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785363153
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Business and government (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785368325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (944 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar mini series
    Keywords: Industrial policy ; Business and politics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): E. E. Schattschneider (1948), 'Pressure Groups Versus Political Parties', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 259, September, 17-23 -- Theodore J. Lowi (1964), 'American Business, Public Policy, Case-Studies, and Political Theory', World Politics, 16 (4), July, 677-93, 695, 697, 699, 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, 711, 713, 715 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Charles E. Lindblom (1977), 'The Priviledged Position of Business', in Politics and Markets: The World's Political-Economic Systems, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Basic Books, 170-88 -- David Vogel (1978), 'Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciouness of American Corporate Executives', British Journal of Political Science, 8 (1), January, 45-78 -- Gary S. Becker (1985), 'Public Policies, Pressure Groups, and Dead Weight Costs', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (3), December, 329-47 -- Robert H. Salisbury (1984), 'Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions, ' American Political Science Review,78 (1), March, 64-76 -- Philippe C. Schmitter (1974), 'Still the Century of Corporatism?', Review of Politics, 36 (1), January, 85-131 -- Hugh Heclo (1978), 'Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment', in Anthony King (ed.) The New American Political System, Chapter 3, Washington, DC, USA: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 87-124 -- Mancur Olson (1971) [1965]), 'A Taxonomy of Groups' and 'Group Size and Group Behavior', in The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups, Chapter 1, Section F and Chapter 2, Cambridge, Massachusetts and London,UK: Harvard University Press, 43-52, 53-65 -- Terry M. Moe (1981), 'Toward a Broader View of Interest Groups', Journal of Politics, 43 (2), May, 531-43 -- David M. Hart (2004), '"Business" Is Not an Interest Group: On the Study of Companies in American National Politics', Annual Review of Political Science, 7, 47-69 -- Wendy L. Hansen, Neil J. Mitchell and Jeffrey M. Drope (2004), 'Collective Action, Pluralism, and the Legitimacy Tariff: Corporate Activity or Inactivity in Politics', Political Research Quarterly, 57 (3), September, 421-9 -- Kevin B. Grier, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts (1994), 'The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986', American Political Science Review, 88 (4), December, 911-26 -- Wendy L. Hansen and Neil J. Mitchell (2000), 'Disaggregating and Explaining Corporate Political Activity: Domestic and Foreign Corporations in National Politics', American Political Science Review, 94 (4), December, 891-903 -- Holly Brasher and David Lowery (2006), 'The Corporate Context of Lobbying Activity', Business and Politics, 8 (1), i, 1-2 -- Graham K. Wilson (1990), 'Corporate Political Strategies', British Journal of Political Science, 20 (2), April, 281-8 -- David B. Yoffie and Sigrid Bergenstein (1985), 'Creating Political Advantage: The Rise of the Corporate Political Entrepreneur', California Management Review, XXVIII (1), Fall, 124-39 -- Wyn Grant (1984), 'Large Firms and Public Policy in Britain', Journal of Public Policy, 4 (1), February, 1-17.
    Abstract: Kathleen A. Getz (2001), 'Public Affairs and Political Strategy: Theoretical Foundations', Journal of Public Affairs: Special Issue Papers, 1 (4), December, 305-29 394 -- David Austen-Smith and John R. Wright (1996), 'Theory and Evidence for Counteractive Lobbying', American Journal of Political Science, 40 (2), May, 543-64 -- Marie Hojnacki and David C. Kimball (1998), 'Organized Interests and the Decision of Whom to Lobby in Congress', American Political Science Review, 92 (4), December, 775-90 -- John M. De Figueiredo (2002), 'Lobbying and Information in Politics', Business and Politics, 4 (2), 125-29 -- Andreas Broscheid and David Coen (2003), 'Insider and Outsider Lobbying of the European Commission: An Informational Model of Forum Politics', European Union Politics, 4 (2), June, 165-89 -- Richard L. Hall and Alan V. Deardorff (2006), 'Lobbying as Legislative Subsidy', American Political Science Review, 100 (1), February, 69-84 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'Politicians, Interest Groups, and Regulators: A Multiple-Principals Agency Theory of Regulation, or "Let Them be Bribed"', Journal of Law and Economics, 33 (1), April, 65-101 -- Michael Moran (2000), 'The Frank Stacey Memorial Lecture: From Command State to Regulatory State?', Public Policy and Administration, 15 (4), Winter, 1-13 -- David Coen (1998), 'The European Business Interest and The Nation State: Large-firm Lobbying in the European Union and Member States', Journal of Public Policy, 18 (1), January-April, 75-100 -- Jason Webb Yackee and Susan Webb Yackee (2006), 'A Bias Towards Business? Assessing Interest Group Influence on the U.S Bureaucracy', Journal of Politics, 68 (1), February, 128-39 -- Peter A. Hall and Daniel W. Gingerich (2009), 'Varieties of Capitalism and Institutional Complementarities in the Political Economy: An Empirical Analysis', British Journal of Political Science, 39 (3), July, 449-82 -- Beth L. Leech, Frank R. Baumgartner, Timothy M. La Pira and Nicholas A. Semanko (2005), 'Drawing Lobbyists to Washington: Government Activity and the Demand for Advocacy', Political Research Quarterly, 58 (1), March, 19-30 -- David Coen (1997), 'The Evolution of the Large Firm as a Political Actor in the European Union', Journal of European Public Policy, 4 (1), March, 91-108 -- Wyn Grant, Alberto Martinelli and William Paterson (1989), 'Large Firms as Political Actors: A Comparative Analysis of the Chemical Industry in Britain, Italy and West Germany', West European Politics, 12 (2), 72-90 -- Jean C. Oi (1992), 'Fiscal Reform and the Economic Foundations of Local State Corporatism in China', World Politics, 45 (1), October, 99-126 -- Kent E. Calder (1989), 'Elites in an Equalizing Role: Ex- Bureaucrats as Coordinators and Intermediaries in the Japanese Government-Business Relationship', Comparative Politics, 21 (4), July, 379-403 -- William A. Brock and Stephen P. Magee (1978) 'Decentralization, Bureaucracy, and Government: The Economics of Special Interest Politics: The Case of the Tariff', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings of the Ninetieth Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 68 (2), May, 246-50 -- Helen Milner (1987), 'Resisting the Protectionist Temptation: Industry and the Making of Trade Policy in France and the United States during the 1970s', International Organization, 41 (4), Autumn, 639-65.
    Abstract: Gene M. Grossman and Elhanan Helpman (1994), 'Protection for Sale', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 833-50 -- A. Claire Cutler (1997), 'Artiface, Ideology and Paradox: The Public/Private Distinction in International Law', Review of International Political Economy, 4 (2), Summer, 261-85 -- John Gerard Ruggie (2004), 'Reconstituting the Global Public Domain - Issues, Actors, and Practices', European Journal of International Relations, 10 (4), 499-531 -- David Vogel (2008), 'Private Global Business Regulation', Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 261-82 -- Aseem Prakash and Matthew Potoski (2014), 'Global Private Regimes, Domestic Public Law: ISO 14001 and Pollution Reduction', Comparative Political Studies, 47 (3), 369-94.
    Abstract: This comprehensive research review identifies the key articles on relations between business and government from a variety of perspectives and disciplines. The editors have selected works that explore the themes of business and the state, organizing the firm for political action, managing government affairs, lobbying models, business governance and regulation, comparative business and political systems and internationaliastion and transanational business regulation. This research review is an essential resource for scholars, students and policymakers interested in political science, business studies and economics
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785368325
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 193
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Connecting Asia : infrastructure for integrating south and southeast Asia (2016)
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785363481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 396 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Connecting Asia
    DDC: 337.1/54
    RVK:
    QG 800
    RVK:
    QY 000
    Keywords: Regionale Wirtschaftsintegration ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Grenzüberschreitender Verkehr ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Infrastrukturinvestition ; CGE-Modell ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; South Asia Economic integration ; Southeast Asia Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; Integration ; Südasien ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Internationaler Verkehr ; Regionale Wirtschaftskooperation ; Südostasien
    Abstract: pt. I. Hard infrastructure and financing -- pt. II. Soft infrastructure and impacts -- pt. III. National strategies for connectivity.
    Abstract: This book analyses how closer regional connectivity and economic integration between South Asia and Southeast Asia can benefit both regions. With a focus on the role played by infrastructure and public policies in facilitating this process, it provides a detailed and up-to-date discussion of issues, innovations, and progress. Country studies of national connectivity issues and policies cover Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Thailand, examining major developments in trade and investment, economic cooperation, the role of economic corridors, and regional cooperation initiatives. Thematic chapters explore investment in land and sea transport infrastructure, trade facilitation, infrastructure investment financing, supporting national and regional policies, and model-based estimates of the benefits of integration. They also identify significant opportunities for strengthening these integration efforts as a result of the recent opening up of Myanmar in political, economic, and financial terms. For the first time for these regions, the book employs a state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium (CGE) model incorporating heterogeneous firms to estimate the advantages of integration. Providing perspective on the latest thinking on integration policy, Connecting Asia is an essential resource for academics, policymakers, and business people alike
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785363481
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 194
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Global public goods : an Edward Elgar Research Review (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784718626
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (776 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 321
    Keywords: Public goods ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Meghnad Desai (2003), 'Public Goods: A Historical Perspective', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 63-77 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1986), 'International Public Goods Without International Government', American Economic Review, 76 (1), March, 1-13 -- William D. Nordhaus (2006), 'Paul Samuelson and Global Public Goods: A Commemorative Essay for Paul Samuelson', in Michael Szenberg, Lall Ramrattan and Aron A. Gottesman (eds), Samuelsonian Economics and the Twenty-First Century, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 88-98 -- Inge Kaul and Ronald U. Mendoza (2003), 'Advancing the Concept of Public Goods', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 78-11 -- Todd Sandler (1998), 'Global and Regional Public Goods: A Prognosis for Collective Action', Fiscal Studies, 19 (3), 221-47 -- Joseph S. Nye Jr. (2002), 'The American National Interest and Global Public Goods', International Affairs, 78 (2), April, 233-4 -- Amartya Sen (1999), 'Global Justice: Beyond International Equity', in Inge Kaul, Isabelle Grunberg and Marc A. Stern (eds), Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 116-2 -- Calvin Blackwell and Michael McKee (2003), 'Only for my Own Neighbourhood? Preferences and Voluntary Provision of Local and Global Public Goods', Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization, 52 (1), 115-31 -- Eric Brousseau and Tom Dedeurwaerdere (2012), 'Global Public Goods: The Participatory Governance Challenges', in Eric Brousseau, Tom Dedeurwaerdere and Bernd Siebenhüner (eds), Reflexive Governance for Global Public Goods, Chapter 1, Cambridge, MA, London, UK: MIT Press, 21-36, references -- Scott Barrett (2006), 'Critical Factors for Providing Transnational Public Goods', Expert Paper Series Seven: Cross-Cutting Issues, Chapter 1, Stockholm, Sweden: Secretariat of the International Task Force on Global Public Goods, 1-58 -- Cecilia Albin (2003), 'Negotiating International Cooperation: Global Public Goods and Fairness', Review of International Studies, 29 (3), July, 365-85 -- Todd Sandler (2013), 'Buchanan Clubs', Constitutional Political Economy, 24 (4), 265-84 -- Elinor Ostrom (2014), 'A Polycentric Approach for Coping with Climate Change', Annals of Economics and Finance, 15 (1), 97-134 -- "Fabrizio Cafaggi (2012), 'Transnational Private Regulation and the Production of Global Public Goods and Private "Bads"', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 695-718" -- David Gartner (2012), 'Global Public Goods and Global Health', Duke Journal of Comparative and International Law, 22, 303-18 -- Keith E. Maskus and Jerome H. Reichman (2004), 'The Globalization of Private Knowledge Goods and the Privatization of Global Public Goods', Journal of International Economic Law, 7 (2), 279-320 -- Agnar Sandmo (2007), 'The Welfare Economics of Global Public Goods', NHH (Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration) Working Paper 35, November, 1-25 -- Ramses H. Abul Naga and Philip Jones (2013), 'Helping Others or Helping Oneself? International Subsidies and the Provision of Global Public Goods', Oxford Economic Papers, 65 (4), 856-75 -- Dirk T.G. Rübbelke (2011), 'International Support of Climate Change Policies in Developing Countries: Strategic, Moral and Fairness Aspects', Ecological Economics, 70 (8), June, 1470-80.
    Abstract: Pedro Conceição and Ronald U. Mendoza (2006), 'Identifying High-Return Investments: A Methodology for Assessing When International Cooperation Pays - and for Whom', in Inge Kaul and Pedro Conceição (eds), The New Public Finance: Responding to Global Challenges, Part 3, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 327-56 -- Tony Atkinson (2006), 'Global Public Finance', Oxonomics, 1 (1), 2-4 -- Ottmar Edenhofer, Michael Jakob, Felix Creutzig, Christian Flachsland, Sabine Fuss, Martin Kowarsch, Kai Lessmann, Linus Mattauch, Jan Siegmeier and Jan Christoph Steckel (2015), 'Closing the Emission Price Gap', Global Environmental Change, 31, 132-43 -- Nancy Birdsall and Benjamin Leo (2011), 'Find me the Money: Financing Climate and Other Global Public Goods', Centre for Global Development Working Paper 248, i, 1-50 -- Daniel Bodansky (2012), 'What's In a Concept? Global Public Goods, International Law and Legitimacy', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 651-68 -- Inge Kaul (2013), 'Meeting Global Challenges: Assessing Governance Readiness', The Governance Report, 33-58 -- Julio Frenk and Suerie Moon (2013), 'Governance Challenges in Global Health', New England Journal of Medicine, 368 (10), 936-42 -- José Antonio Ocampo (2010), 'Rethinking Global Economic and Social Governance', Journal of Globalization and Development, 1 (1), February, i, 1-27 -- Peter H. Sand (2004), 'Sovereignty Bounded: Public Trusteeship for Common Pool Resources?', Global Environmental Politics, 4 (1), February, 47-71 -- Nico Krisch (2014), 'The Decay of Consent: International Law in an Age of Global Public Goods', American Journal of International Law, 108 (1), 1-40.
    Abstract: Global and transnational challenges figure ever more prominently on national and international policy agendas and are increasingly analysed as global public goods (GPGs). This research review, which includes contributions by eminent scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines, provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of the theoretical and empirical research on this topic, and suggestions on where scholarship could go next. This research review will appeal to students, researchers, policymakers and experts, whether they are interested in a particular challenge like global climate change, cyber security, financial stability and health or in cross-cutting issues of public economics and finance, international relations and international law. The theory of inflation seeks to explain why inflation occurs and why its rate varies, to explain the co-movements betwen the inflation rate and other variables and to permit the design of mechanisms capable of delivering an optimal inflation path
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784718626
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 195
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The theory of inflation : an Edward Elgar research review (2016)
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784719036
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Macroprudential regulation of international finance : managing capital flows and exchange rates (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785369575
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Kdi/ewc series on economic policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Macroprudential regulation of international finance
    DDC: 332/.042
    RVK:
    QK 950
    Keywords: Finanzmarktaufsicht ; Finanzmarktregulierung ; International finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction and overview / Dongsoo Kang and Andrew Mason -- 2. Macroprudential policies: indicators and tools / Hyun Song Shin -- 3. Business and financial cycles in emerging markets: lessons for macroprudential policies / Stijn Claessens and Swati R. Ghosh -- 4. Capital controls: a pragmatic proposal / Maria Socorro Gochoco-Bautista and Changyong Rhee -- 5. Irrational expectations, financial amplification and prudential capital controls / Sangwon Suh and Jinsoo Lee -- 6. The optimal international reserves with sudden stop risks / Kyu-Chul Jung -- 7. International reserves for emerging economies at various angles / Jong-Eun Lee -- 8. Foreign currency liquidity risk and prudential regulation of banks / Joon-Ho Hahm and Sungbin Cho -- 9. Investment patterns of foreign bank branches in Korea and their role in the foreign exchange market / Dongsoo Kang and Daehee Jeong -- 10. The role of reserves in a small open economy: the case of New Zealand / Anella Munro and Michael Reddell -- 11. Facing volatile capital flows: the role of exchange rate flexibility and foreign assets / Rodrigo Cifuentes and Alejandro Jara -- 12. Risk hedging in Korea's financial markets: the impacts of foreign investment / Changwoo Nam.
    Abstract: Recent events, such as capital flow reversals and banking sector crises, have shaken faith in the widely held belief in the benefits of greater financial integration and financial deepening, which are typical in advanced economies. This book shows that emerging economies have occasionally weathered the storm best, despite the supposed burden of 'weak institutions'. Written by leading scholars and practitioners, the authors demonstrate that a better policy framework requires reliable indicators of vulnerability to financial instability. Using empirical evidence and case studies, the twelve chapters stress the necessity of improved policy tools and automatic stabilizers that anticipate and limit the vulnerabilities to financial crises. Cross-border capital flows, international reserves and foreign exchange markets are covered in depth. This timely book offers an insightful overview and policy solutions to the issues surrounding macroprudential regulation of economies in a globalized world. It is required reading for students and scholars of international finance and regulation
    Note: Contributors include: S. Cho, R. Cifuentes, S. Claessens, S.R. Ghosh, M.S. Gochoco-Bautista, J.-H. Hahm, A. Jara, D. Jeong, K.-C. Jung, D. Kang, J. Lee, J.-E. Lee, A. Mason, A. Munro, C. Nam, M. Reddell, C. Rhee, H.S. Shin, S. Suh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785369575
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Competition policies and consumer welfare : corporate strategies and consumer prices in developing countries (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781784717230
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition policies and consumer welfare
    RVK:
    PU 1548
    RVK:
    QG 020
    Keywords: Wettbewerbspolitik ; Verbraucherpreisindex ; Lebensmittelpreis ; Arzneimittelmarkt ; Öffentlicher Auftrag ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Competition ; Consumer protection ; Antitrust law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Section I the distribution of foodstuffs -- 2. Costa rica -- 3. Armenia -- 4. Mali -- 5. Zambia -- Section II the distribution of pharmaceuticals -- 6. Jamaica -- 7. Vietnam -- Section III the distribution of services: international money transfers and tv programmes -- 8. Uzbekistan -- 9. Argentina -- Section IV public procurement -- 10. India -- 11. Morocco.
    Abstract: The fundamental goal of competition law is to support productivity and innovativeness; in fact, the short-term effect of enforcement actions is often a reduction in product prices. This comprehensive book reports the findings of consumer market studies into a range of goods and services in developing countries in Africa, Asia and Latin America. These country case studies demonstrate the important role that competition authorities can have in assessing the nature of markets and making recommendations to policymakers to improve them. When competition is weak or compromised, extra costs are imposed on consumers. The authors investigate this issue for a wide range of key markets serving consumers individually or collectively, looking also at the hinterland of the distribution chain behind retail sales. They find a pervasive lack of competition in those markets, which not only softens a firms' incentive to improve the efficiency of their operations and the quality of their products, but also reduces the standard of living of consumers, including poor and vulnerable groups. This book concludes by noting the follow-up actions taken in each country in response to the research recommendations. Graduate students of economics, political science and law will find this book invaluable for its practical case studies, and analysts will find much of interest in the nuanced analysis of markets, policy interventions and reform options. Eminently practical, Competition Policies and Consumer Welfare is an ideal resource for competition practitioners and policymakers seeking to improve current competition regimes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781784717230
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 198
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    The Asian 'poverty miracle' : impressive accomplishments or incomplete achievements (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781785369155
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Asian "poverty miracle"
    DDC: 339.4/6
    RVK:
    QX 040
    Keywords: Armut ; Einkommensverteilung ; Asien ; Poverty ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Armut ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Einkommensverteilung ; Messung
    Abstract: Introduction / Jacques Silber and Guanghua Wan -- 1. An Asian poverty line? issues and options / Stephan Klasen -- 2. A poverty line contingent on reference groups: implications for the extent of poverty in some Asian countries / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, and Jacques Silber -- 3. Concepts and measurement of vulnerability to poverty and other issues: a review of literature / Tomoki Fujii -- 4. Measuring the impact of vulnerability on the number of poor: a new methodology with empirical illustrations / Satya R. Chakravarty, Nachiketa Chattopadhyay, Jacques Silber, and Guanghua Wan -- 5. Climate change and vulnerability to poverty: an empirical investigation in rural Indonesia / Tomoki Fujii -- 6. Measuring multidimensional poverty in three Southeast Asian countries using ordinal variables / Valérie Bérenger -- 7. Poverty and nutrition: a case study of rural households in Thailand and Viet Nam / Hermann Waibel and Lena Hohfeld -- 8. Poverty and ethnicity in Asian countries / Carlos Gradín.
    Abstract: Following rapid economic growth in recent decades, Asia and the Pacific experienced an impressive reduction in extreme poverty, but this drop was not uniform and achievements are still incomplete. Vulnerability to natural disasters, the increasing impact of climate change and economic crises should all be taken into account. There is also a need to consider the multidimensional nature of poverty and the non-uniformity of the decrease across different ethnic groups. This book explores the Asian 'poverty miracle' and argues for the development and use of an Asia-specific poverty line. This is a timely and multidimensional assessment of the much-neglected issues of, and links between, poverty, vulnerability, and ethnicity in Asia. It will be of great interest to lecturers and researchers of Asian development and economics, along with policy makers, public and private institutions, NGOs, and international aid agencies
    Note: Contributors include: V. Berenger, S.R. Chakravarty, N. Chattopadhyay, T. Fujii, C. Gradín, L. Hohfeld, S. Klasen, J. Silber, H. Waibel, G. Wan , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781785369155
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 199
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Handbook of alternative theories of economic development (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781782544685
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (848 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of alternative theories of economic development
    RVK:
    QC 347
    RVK:
    QC 340
    Keywords: Wirtschaftstheorie ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Erik S. Reinert, Rainer Kattel and Jayati Ghosh -- Part I development thinking across history and geography -- 2. Giovanni Botero (1588) and Antonio Serra (1613): Italy and the birth of development economics / Erik S. Reinert -- 3. Economic emulation and the politics of international trade in early modern Europe / Sophus A. Reinert -- 4. Cameralism and the German tradition of development economics / Erik S. Reinert and Philipp R. Rössner -- 5. Friedrich List: from "spiritual" and competitive power to collaboration / Arno Mong Daastøl -- 6. Kathedersozialismus and the German historical school / Wolfgang Drechsler -- 7. Chinese development thinking / Ting Xu -- 8. The economic cycle of imperial China and its development / Xuan Zhao -- 9. The Islamic world and capitalism / Ali Kadri -- 10. Unity and diversity in the Ottoman school of national economy: a reappraisal of Ziya Gökalp and Ethem Nejat / Eyüp Özveren, Mehmet Salih Erkek and Hüseyin Safa Ünal -- 11. Development thinking in India / Goddanti Omkarnath -- 12. Latin american structuralism: the co-evolution of technology, structural change and economic growth / Mario Cimoli and Gabriel Porcile -- 13. Revisiting the debate on national autonomous development in Africa / Issa G. Shivji -- 14. Development as the struggle for liberation from hegemonic structure of domination and control / Yash Tandon -- 15. The League of Nations and alternative economic perspectives / Carolyn N. Biltoft -- 16. The Havana charter: when state and market shake hands / Jean-Christophe Graz -- 17. The UNCTAD system of political economy / Ricardo Bielschowsky and Antonio Carlos Macedo E Silva -- Part II approaches to understanding development -- 18. Marxist theory and the "underdeveloped economies" / Prabhat Patnaik -- 19. Economic development as an evolutionary process / Richard B. Nelson -- 20. Classical development economists of the mid-20th century / Rainer Kattel, Jan A. Kregel and Erik S. Reinert -- 21. Development and régulation theory / Robert Boyer -- 22. The "dependency school" and its aftermath: why Latin America's critical thinking switched from one type of "absolute certainties" to another / José Palma -- 23. Feminist approaches to development / Maria Sangrario Floro -- 24. Reading Freeman when ladders for development are gone / Rodrigo Arocena and Judith Sutz -- 25. Albert O. Hirschman / Michele Alacevich -- 26. Michal Kalecki / Jayati Ghosh -- Part III issues in development -- 27. The agrarian question and trajectories of economic transformation: a perspective from agrarian south / Sam Moyo, Praveen Jha and Paris Yeros -- 28. The effective demand approach to economic development / Jan A. Kregel -- 29. Development planning / C.p. Chandrasekhar -- 30. The Nordic route to development / Lars Mjøset -- 31. Competitiveness and development: a Schumpeterian approach / Mehdi Shafaeddin -- 32. Innovation systems and development: history, theory and challenges / Bengt-Åke Lundvall -- 33. Latecomer industrialisation / John A. Mathews -- 34. The developmental state in the late 20th century / Elizabeth Thurbon and Linda Weiss -- 35. Development, ecology and the environment / Edward B. Barbier and Jacob P. Hochard -- 36. Competition, competition policy, competitiveness, globalisation and development / Ajit Singh -- 37. Knowledge governance: intellectual property management for development and the public interest / Leonardo Burlamaqui -- 38. Legal structures and economic development / Jürgen G. Backhaus -- 39. Deindustrialisation and premature deindustrialisation / Fiona Tregenna -- 40. The post-Soviet industrial extinctions and the rise of jihadi terrorism in the north Caucasus / Georgi Derluguian -- 41. Epilogue: the future of economic development between utopias and dystopias / Sylvi Endresen, Ioan Ianos, Erik S. Reinert and Andrea Saltelli.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Alternative Theories of Economic Development explores the theories and approaches which, over a prolonged period of time, have existed as viable alternatives to today's mainstream and neo-classical tenets. With a total of 40 specially commissioned chapters, written by the foremost authorities in their respective fields, this volume represents a landmark in the field of economic development. It elucidates the richness of the alternative and sometimes misunderstood ideas which, in different historical contexts, have proved to be vital to the improvement of the human condition. 2The subject matter is approached from several complementary perspectives. From a historical angle, the Handbook charts the mercantilist and cameralist theories that emerged from the Renaissance and developed further during the Enlightenment. From a geographical angle, it includes chapters on African, Chinese, Indian, and Muslim approaches to economic development. Different schools are also explored and discussed including nineteenth century US development theory, Marxist, Schumpeterian, Latin American structuralism, regulation theory and world systems theories of development. In addition, the Handbook has chapters on important events and institutions including The League of Nations, The Havana Charter, and UNCTAD, as well as on particularly influential development economists. Contemporary topics such as the role of finance, feminism, the agrarian issue, and ecology and the environment are also covered in depth. This comprehensive Handbook offers an unrivalled review and analysis of alternative and heterodox theories of economic development. It should be read by all serious scholars, teachers and students of development studies, and indeed anyone interested in alternatives to development orthodoxy
    Note: Contributors include: M. Alacevich, R. Arocena, J.G. Backhaus, E.B. Barbier, R. Bielschowsky, C.N. Biltoft, R. Boyer, L. Burlamaqui, C.P. Chandrasekhar, M. Cimoli, A.M. Daastøl, G. Derluguian, W. Drechsler, S. Endresen, M.S. Erkek, M.S. Floro, J. Ghosh, J.-C. Graz, J.P. Hochard, I. Ianos, P. Jha, A. Kadri, R. Kattel, J.A. Kregel, B.-Å. Lundvall, A.C. Macedo e Silva, J.A. Mathews, L. Mjøset, S. Moyo, R.R. Nelson, G. Omkarnath, E. Özveren, J.G. Palma, P. Patnaik, G. Porcile, E.S. Reinert, S.A. Reinert, P.R. Rössner, A. Saltelli, M. Shafaeddin, A. Singh, I.G. Shivji, J. Sutz, Y. Tandon, E. Thurbon, F. Tregenna, H.S. Ünal, L. Weiss, T. Xu, P. Yeros, X. Zhao , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781782544685
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
  • 200
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Europe's disappearing middle class? : evidence from the world of work (2016)
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    Details
    ISBN: 9781786430601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Europe's disappearing middle class?
    DDC: 305.6
    RVK:
    QV 020
    RVK:
    MS 1390
    RVK:
    LB 45005
    Keywords: Mittelschicht ; Soziale Lage ; EU-Staaten ; Middle class ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Verkleinerung
    Abstract: 1. Is the world of work behind middle class reshuffling? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead, Rosalie Vazquez-Alvarez and Nicolas Maitre -- 2. Is the world of work stimulating middle class growth in the Baltic states? / Jaan Masso, Inta Mierina and Kerly Espenberg -- 3. Social concertation and middle class stability in Belgium / Sarah Kuypers and Ive Marx -- 4. Transformation in the world of work and the middle class: the French experience / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. The erosion of the German middle class: the end of the 'levelled-out, middle class society'? / Gerhard Bosch and Thorsten Kalina -- 6. The Greek middle classes facing an uncertain future / Maria Karamessini and Stefanos Giakoumatos -- 7. Is Hungary still in search of its middle class? / István György Tóth -- 8. Middle incomes in boom and bust: the Irish experience / Bertrand Maître and Brian Nolan -- 9. The middle class in Italy: reshuffling, erosion, polarization / Annamaria Simonazzi and Teresa Barbieri -- 10. Stagnating incomes and the middle class in the Netherlands: running to stand still? / Wiemer Salverda -- 11. Still holding on? inequality, labour market and middle income groups in Portugal / Pilar González, António Figueiredo, Hugo Figueiredo and Luis Delfim Santos -- 12. Knocking on heaven's door: changes in the world of work and the middle class in Spain / Rafael Muñoz-De-Bustillo and José-Ignacio Antón -- 13. The rise and fall of the Swedish middle class? / Dominique Anxo -- 14. How have middle-income households fared in unequal Britain? a focus on work and employment trends / Damian Grimshaw and Anthony Rafferty.
    Abstract: While recent studies have highlighted the phenomenon and risks of increased inequalities between the top and the bottom of society, little research has so far been carried out on trends relating to the median income range that generally represents the middle class. This volume examines the following questions: what are the main transformations in the world of work over the last 20 years in terms of the labour market, social dialogue and conditions of work, wages and incomes that may have affected the middle class? How has the middle class been altered by the financial and economic crisis? What are the long-term trends for the middle class in Europe? This volume also investigates the potential risks and effects of the reshuffling, or even weakening, of the middle class. On the social side, it explores the ramifications of further retrenchment of the European Social Model, which to a great extent has traditionally been funded by the middle class. On the economic side, the book investigates whether this process - especially from the perspective of consumption and human capital - is endangering the long-term sustainability of the current economic model. While presenting evidence of a definite erosion of the middle class, this book assesses the specific situation in each individual EU member state on the basis of detailed statistics and case studies of professional categories that traditionally represent the middle class. This book issues a timely warning about the latest trends and prospects for the middle class in Europe. On this basis, it presents policy considerations and options that will be useful to policy-makers for ensuring the future of the middle class in Europe. Scholars and researchers of European studies and social policy, especially from a sustainability perspective, will find this volume to be an invaluable reference
    Note: Contributors include: J.I. Antón, D. Anxo, T. Barbieri, G. Bosch, P. Courtioux, C. Erhel, K. Espenberg, A. Figueiredo, H. Figueiredo, S. Giakoumatos, P. González, D. Grimshaw, T. Kalina, M. Karamessini, S. Kuypers, B. Maître, N. Maitre, I. Marx, J. Masso, I. Mierina, R. Muñoz-de-Bustillo Llorente, B. Nolan, A. Rafferty, W. Salverda, L.D. Santos, A. Simonazzi, I.G. Tóth, D. Vaughan-Whitehead, R. Vazquez-Alvarez , Includes bibliographical references and index
    DOI: 10.4337/9781786430601
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    URL: Deutschlandweit zugänglich
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
    Online Resource
    BSZ
    GBV
    KOBV
    MPI Ethno. Forsch.
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...